Skip to main content

Full text of "The science of labour and its organization"

See other formats


LS 
I 


UNIVERSITY   OI^TORONTO 
DEPARTMENT  OF    PSYCHOLOGY 


/ 2 3 1919 


The  Science  of  Labour 


AND 


Its  Organization 


BY 
DR.     JOSEFA  3OTEYKO 

V 

Formerly    head   of   the    Laboratory    of   Psycho-Physiology   at 
Brussels    University,    Laureate    of  the    Institute 

and    of  the    Academy    of    Medicine 

In    charge    of   the    course    on    "Fatigue"    at    the    College   de 
France  in  1916 


The  human  motor  and  the  measurement  of  industrial  fatigue — 
Scientific  management — Measurement  of  aptitudes — Anthro- 
pological comparison  of  the  sexes  from  the  point  of  view 
of  strength  and  endurance  —  Alimentation  and  work — 
Re-education  of  the  left  hand  for  the  mutilated — Belgian 
methods  of  technical  education  and  the  University  of  Labour 


LONDON : 

GEORGE  ROUTLEDGE  &  SONS,   LIMITED 
NEW  YORK:   E.   P.   BUTTON  cS:  CO. 

1919 


•EC.' it 

JXfTfa  s 
602815 


PREFACE 


IN  this  little  volume  we  have  collected  together  a  series  of 
articles  published  in  1916  and  1917  in  the  Revue 
Philosophique,  the  Revue  Scientifique,  and  the  Revue 
Generate  des  Sciences.  We  have  revised  them  to  ensure 
that  continuity  of  thought  which  has  always  run  through 
them  all,  but  which  does  not  shew  quite  so  distinctly  in 
scattered  publications ;  to  these  we  have  added  the 
substance  of  some  of  our  lectures  on  Fatigue  delivered  at 
the  College  de  France. 

The  leading  idea  running  through  this  collection  has 
been  the  necessity  for  throwing  light  on  certain  points 
in  industrial  psycho-physiology,  which  is  universally 
recognised  as  important  at  the  decisive  hour  through 
which  we  are  now  passing.  Close  collaboration  between 
science  and  industry  will  be  necessary  in  the  near  future  ; 
the  importance  of  this  alliance  will  be  greater  than  ever 
when  the  actual  crisis  is  passed  and  the  need  for  making 
a  fresh  start  and  for  increased  activity  has  made  itself 
felt.  Now,  events  have  caused  a  scarcity  of  labour; 
it  is,  therefore,  necessary  to  partly  supply  its  place  by 
as  perfect  and  scientific  an  organisation  of  labour  as  is 
possible.  A  great  part  of  life  will  have  to  be  re-constructed. 
It  is  important  that  this  reconstruction  should  be  wrell 
devised  from  the  first  start,  and  that  it  should  be  based 
upon  scientific  rules,  so  that  the  unhappy  errors  of  the 
past  may  be  avoided. 

This  necessity  has  been  so  clearly  seen  that  the  atten- 
tion of  the  Paris  Academy  of  the  Sciences  has  recently 
been  drawn  to  the  importance  of  the  problem,  and  various 
measures  have  been  proposed. 

In  the  present  volume  we  shall  examine  certain  aspects 
of  the  question,  and  add  some  personal  contributions 


iv.  PREFACE 

collected  in  the  course  of  investigations  of  many  years' 
duration  on  the  problem  of  Fatigue  in  the  motor  function . 

Four    problems    are    examined  :— 

The  first  concerns  the  Human  Motor,  and  here  the 
question  oi  apprenticeship,  the  manner  of  the  economic 
working  of  the  body,  and  the  limits  of  industrial  fatigue 
form  the  chief  part. 

The  second  is  devoted  to  Taylor 's  System,  which  is  so 
much  discussed  at  the  present  time. 

The  third  relates  to  the  relative  Aptitude  for  Work  of 
the  Right  Hand  and  of  the  Left  Hand,  a  question  the 
importance  of  wrhich  has  become  very  real,  on  account  of 
the  large  numbers  of  men  maimed  in  the  war.  We  shall 
examine  in  succession  :  the  estimate  of  the  strength, 
and  of  the  power  of  endurance  of  each  hand,  in  the  case 
of  man  and  of  woman,  comparatively  ;  we  shall  advance 
a  new  theory  of  our  own  regarding  right-handedness  ; 
we  shall  give  some  rules  for  the  re-education  of  the  motor 
power  of  the  wounded,  and  closely  examine  the  process 
of  writing  with  the  left  hand. 

Finally,  the  fourth  problem  deals  with  the  Belgian 
Methods  of  Technical  Education.  We  have  thought 
that  it  would  not  be  uninteresting  to  make  these  known, 
since  Belgium  now  occupies  the  foremost  place  in 
productivity  in  proportion  to  her  population.  She 
owes  this  productivity  to  her  methods  of  industrial 
and  technical  education. 

We  trust  that  the  importance  of  the  problems  discussed 
justify  the  publication  of  this  volume  and  that  it  will 
emphasize  the  interest  already  felt  in  the  subject. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 


PAGE. 

PREFACE  ....  ...         iii. 


I      THE    HUMAN    MOTOR       . 

i. — DEFINITION  OF  THE  PROBLEM 


2. — THE  PROBLEM  OF  APPRENTICESHIP     ...  5 

Importance  of  the  psychic  element. — The 
principle  of  the  small  muscles. — Outer 
Buyse's  investigations. — The  Law  of  the 
Economy  of  Effort  by  J.  loteyko. 

3. — THE  ECONOMIC  METHOD  OF  WORKING  THE  BODY         12 

Imbert's  investigations.  -  Haughton's 
Fisher- women. — Function  of  the  antago- 
nistic muscles. — Adaptation  of  the  muscles. 
— Defensive  function  of  fatigue. — In- 
sufficiency of  the  defensive  principle  of 
fatigue  under  present  conditions  of 
Industrial  Labour. — Whence  the  necessity 
for  objective  investigations. 

4. — THE   MEASUREMENT    OF    INDUSTRIAL    FATIGUE         23 

The  wear  and  tear  of  the  body  progresses  geo- 
metrically.—The  length  of  the  working-day 
should  not  be  fixed  uniformly. — Fatigue  is  a 
complex  product. — The  XIII  International 
Congress  of  Hygiene  and  Demography,  hekl 
in  Brussels  in  1903. — Our  plan  of  study. — 
Imbert's  Report.— Imbert's  Experiments  on 
dock  labourers,  and  those  of  Gauthier  on 
the  wine  store  workers. — XIV  Congress  of 
Hygiene  and  Demography  held  in  Berlin 
in  1907. — Statistics  of  industrial  accidents. 
— Researches  by  Imbert  and  Mestre  on 
the  transport  of  loads.  —  Imbert's  Re- 
searches relating  to  the  workwomen 
employed  in  the  cutting  of  vines. — A  new 
chapter  in  Social  Medicine. 


vi.  CONTENTS 

PAGE. 

II.     THE   PRINCIPLES   OF  SCIENTIFIC  MANAGE- 
MENT      53 

i. — TAYLOR'S   STUDIES   ON   THE  ORGANISATION   OF 

LABOUR. 53 

Choice        of        workmen.  — 


-  Chronographic 
vements.  —  Ex- 


amples  of  increased  output. — Study  of  the 
constituents  of  Labour. — -The  Human  Factor 
is  by  far  the  most  important. — The  System 
of  Premiums. — Scientific  Management. — 
Scientific  Organisation  of  Factories  and  of 
the  Home. 

2.— THE  OPINION  THAT  SHOULD  BE  FORMED  OF  THE 

PRINCIPLES    OF   SCIENTIFIC   MANAGEMENT     .          76 

Three  great  mistakes  :  The  absence  of 
scientific  information  concerning  the 
fatigue  of  the  workman,  The  absence  of  any 
guarantee  to  the  workman  in  all  that 
relates  to  the  future,  The  System  of 
Premiums  "  which  leads  to  over- work,  and 
which  is  unsatisfactory  from  the  moral  point 
of  view. — Gravity  of  the  other  objections. — 
The  necessity  of  studying  this  system  scien- 
tifically from  the  bottom,  and  for  not 
applying  it  to  the  present  time  without  great 
caution.  —  Difference  between  industrial 
manual  work  and  pedagogic  manual 
work.— The  Necessity  for  augmenting  the 
productivity  and  the  well-being  of  the 
Working-man. 

3. — THE  FUNCTION  OF  THE  SCHOOL  IN  THE  DETER- 
MINATION OF  APTITUDES 89 

The  Science  of  the  Study  of  the  Child,  or 
Pedology.— Necessity  for  experimental 
measurements  in  the  Upper  Primary  Schools, 
and  in  the  Industrial  Schools. — The  estimate 
of  technical  aptitude.- — The  Principle  of 
the  "  most  apt  "  should  regulate  future 
Society. 

III.  POWER     AND     APTITUDE     FOR     WORK        .          94 

i. — THE  VALUATION  OF  THE  POWER  AND  W'ORK 
OF  THE  RIGHT-HAND,  AND  OF  THE  LEFT. 
ANTHROPOMETRIC  COMPARISON  OF  THE  SEXES.  94 

The  test  of  strength  (dynamometer),  and 
the  test  of  endurance  (ergograph). — 


CONTENTS  vii. 

PAGE. 

Dynamometric  indication.  —  Ergographic 
indication. — Bimanual  indication. — Sexual 
indication  of  strength  and  power  of  en- 
durance. --  The  woman's  power  of 
endurance. — Applications  to  industrial 
work. — Necessity  for  a  selection  of  working 
women.— Longevity  of  Woman  ;  Her  greater 
resistance  to  disease  ;  The  Feminine  Sex 
is  determined  by  better  food  conditions. — 
Woman  is  anabolic. — Man  katabolic. — 
Worms's  statistics. — Statistics  in  times 
of  war. 

2. — A    NEW      THEORY      OF      RIGHT-HANDEDNESS 

(THE    PSYCHO-PHYSIOLOGICAL    THEORY)        .        112 

Effect  of  work  and  fatigue  upon  the  heart. 
— Woman  has  a  more  excitable  heart  than 
Man. — They  should  be  spared  very  hard 
work. 

3. — AMBIDEXTROUS  EDUCATION 127 

Facts  and  arguments  in  favour  of  a  bi- 
manual  education. 

4. — ALIMENTATION  AND  WORK 131 

Our  experiences  demonstrate  the  superiority 
of  vegetarians  from  the  point  of  view  of 
power  of  resistance  to  fatigue  when 
working.  The  two  meatless  days  are  an 
hygienic  measure  as  well  as  an  economic  one. 

5. — USE  OF  THE  LEFT  HAND  BY  THE  WOUNDED 
AND  MUTILATED  (SOME  SCIENTIFIC  RULES  FOR 
RE-EDUCATION) 137 

The  necessity,  among  those  suffering  from 
aphasia,  to  develop  a  new  centre  of  language 
by  means  of  appropriate  exercises.  — To 
teach  the  left  hand  the  same  movements 
that  were  formerly  made  with  the  right,  in 
the  trades  followed  by  the  wounded. — 
Apprenticeship  with  the  left  hand  to  be 
taught  by  following  the  rules  of  opposite 
symmetry. — The  use  of  the  left-hand  only 
cannot  be  applied  to  all  trades. — Those 
trades  requiring  great  effort  must  not 
be  chosen. 

6. — LEFT-HANDED  WRITING  BY  THE  MAIMED   .        .        147 


viii.  CONTENTS 

PAGE. 

IV.   BELGIAN  METHODS  OF  TECHNICAL  EDUCA- 
TION              ....        157 

i. — PROGRESSIVE  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  THROUGH- 
OUT BELGIAN  SCHOOLS 157 

2. — THE  CHARLEROI  UNIVERSITY  OF  LABOUR   .        .        179 

3. — BELGIAN  INITIATIVE  IN  THE  INDUSTRIAL  RE- 
EDUCATION OF  THOSE  MAIMED  IN  THE  WAR, 
IN  FRANCE  .  191 


'he  Science  of   Labour. 


i. 

THE    HUMAN    MOTOR. 

I. — DEFINITION    OF   THE    PROBLEM. 

Amongst  the  numerous  researches  relating  to 
man,  undertaken  by  modern  science,  those  which 
are  connected  with  his  physical  fitness  for  work  J 
are  certainly  amongst  the  most  important.  The 
human  being,  in  these  investigations,  is  looked  upon 
as  a  motor  to  which  chemical  energy  is  supplied, 
which  is  restored  to  the  world  in  the  form  of 
mechanical  labour  and  heat. 

All  animals  may  be  compared  to  motors,  which 
transform  the  energy  with  which  they  have  been 
supplied.  But  they  differ  from  inanimate  motors  in 
that  the  cycle  of  transformations  is  not  reversible 
in  the  case  of  the  living  motor,  and  the  energy  which 


2  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

is  given  it  must  invariably  be  of  a  chemical  nature. 
Moreover,  the  living  motor  can  act  only  intermit- 
tently ;  fatigue  and  the  need  of  sleep  overtake  it, 
and  forcibly  interrupt  the  course  of  its  activity. 

The  human  motor  may  be  studied  from  two  very 
different  points  of  view.  On  the  one  hand,  it  is  a 
question  of  laboratory  researches,  having  for  their 
chief  object  the  verification  of  the  laws  governing 
the  transformation  of  energy  in  the  living  being. 
Studies  of  this  nature  have  been  carried  on  in 
every  country,  but  principally  by  Chauveau  in 
Paris,  Atwater  and  Benedict  in  the  United  States, 
Rtibner,  Ziintz,  and  Loewy  in  Germany.  We  must 
also  remember  the  "  Laboratoire  d'Energe"tique" 
founded  by  Ernest  Solvay  near  the  Physiological 
Institute  of  the  University  of  Brussels.  This 
laboratory  has  been  in  existence  only  four  years. 
Amongst  successful  work  achieved  there,  we  may 
mention  the  experiments  made  by  ourselves  in 
collaboration  with  M.  Ch.  Henry,  on  muscles  ; 
on  a  law  of  diminution  of  effort  shewn  by  the 
ergograph  (C.R.,  of  the  Academy  of  the  Sciences, 
30  March,  1903)  ;  on  the  general  equation  of  the 
curves  of  fatigue  (C.R.,  24  August,  1903)  ;  on  the 
modifications  of  the  ergographic  constants  under 
various  experimental  conditions  (C.R.,  24  May, 
1904) ;  on  a  connection  between  labour  and  the 
labour  known  as  stationary,  which,  according 


THE   HUMAN    MOTOR  3 

to  the  ergograph,  are  energetically  equivalent 
(C.R.,  28  December,  1903)  ;  on  the  limits  and  on 
the  laws  of  the  variations  of  available  energy, 
according  to  the  ergograph,  following  the  fre- 
quency of  the  contractions,  and  the  weight  lifted. 
(C.R.,  28  November,  1904).  By  the  use  of  the 
apparatus  known  by  the  name  of  the  Calorimetric 
Chamber,  Atwater  was  enabled  to  submit  both 
the  physical  and  the  intellectual  toil  of  man  to 
a  most  rigorous  test,  from  the  standpoint  of  the 
transformations  of  energy. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  have  to  consider  the 
application  of  the  subject  to  the  study  of  industrial 
labour,  and  this  study  can  be  pursued  as  well  in  the 
laboratories  as  in  the  factories  and  the  workshops. 
The  immediate  object  of  these  enquiries  is  very 
different  from  the  former.  It  is  not  impossible, 
within  the  impassable  limits  of  the  law  of  the 
conservation  of  energy,  to  communicate  an 
activity  to  the  human  motor  which  will  favour 
the  liberation  of  one  form  of  energy  rather  than  of 
another  ;  we  are  thinking  of  exterior,  mechani- 
cal energy,  the  only  kind  which  is  of  use  in 
industrial  work,  and  which  should  therefore  rank 
above  internal  energy,  which  cannot  be  used. 
Following  the  principle  of  the  conservation  of 
energy,  which  has  been  indisputably  verified  on 
the  muscles,  the  heat  given  off,  and  the  me- 


4  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

chanical  work  produced,  will  be  found  to  be 
equivalent  ;  that  which  the  human  motor  gains 
on  the  one  hand,  it  loses  on  the  other.  Further- 
more, stationary  work  is  often  sterile  work,  convert- 
ing itself  integrally  into  heat  and  resolving  itself 
into  intense  fatigue.  The  general  principle  for  the 
production  of  useful  work  is  admitted  ;  there  is 
still  room  for  the  choice  of  the  most  appropriate 
movements,  those  best  adapted  to  attain  the  end 
in  view  ;  certain  movements  are  exhausting  and 
unproductive,  either  because  they  are  made  too 
slowly  or  with  an  effort  out  of  proportion  to  the 
result  obtained,  or  because  they  are  badly  loca- 
lized, since  they  put  one  articulation  in  motion 
in  place  of  another,  etc. 

Hence  the  idea  of  submitting  the  working 
of  the  bodily  organs  to  experimental  tests  with  a 
view  to  discover  their  best  working  conditions, 
to  detect  fatigue,  and  to  lay  down  a  scientific 
basis  for  industrial  work.  We  may  call  the 
results  achieved  by  researches  in  this  sphere  the 
"  Science  of  Labour,"  for,  although  this  study 
is  only  in  its  infancy,  it  has  the  benefit  of  all 
preceding  researches  of  pure  science  which  will 
give  it  their  authoritative  support  in  its  noble 
desire  that  the  working  classes  may  benefit  by  the 
physiological  and  psychological  discoveries  of 
our  century.  One  of  the  promoters  of  this  move- 


THE   HUMAN    MOTOR  5 

ment  was  the  lamented  Hector  Denis,  Deputy 
to  the  Belgian  Chamber,  who  with  incomparable 
ardour  never  ceased  to  encourage  his  fellow- 
citizens  in  those  researches  of  which  he  foresaw 
the  interest  and  utility. 

II. — THE     PROBLEM    OF    APPRENTICESHIP. 

Industrial  evolution  gives  an  ever-increasing 
importance  to  the  psychic  factor  in  the  artisan's 
work,  says  Omer  Buyse1,  formerly  director  of  the 
Universite  de  Travail  at  Charleroi,  now  director 
of  that  at  Brussels. 

The  phenomenon  known  as  the  "  Crisis  of 
Apprenticeship  "  is  mainly  due,  according  to  this 
author,  to  the  want  of  harmony  between  the  old 
form  of  apprenticeship  and  the  technical  capacity 
requisite  at  the  present  day.  Man,  even  now,  very 
rarely  works  as  a  physical  motor  in  the  industries 
of  ancient  Europe.  Man  works  more  and  more  as 
a  psycho-physiological  apparatus.  The  problem 
of  industrial  labour,  therefore,  cannot  be  dealt 
with  simply  as  a  branch  of  mechanics  applied  to 
the  natural  sciences  ;  there  is  mixed  with  it  a 
psychic  element  which  we  recognise  by  its  mani- 
festations, but  of  the  causes  of  which  we  are  still 

Omer  Buyse,  Le  problems  psycho-physique  de  VAppren- 
tisage  (Revus  Psychologique,  Vol.  iii,  1910,  pp.  377-399,  Brussels). 


6  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

ignorant.  The  growing  importance  of  the  psychic 
factor  will  displace  the  axis  of  enquiry  in  the  field  of 
psycho-physiology.  The  manner  of  working,  the 
dynamic  effort,  the  duration  of  pauses,  etc.,  intro- 
duce elements  of  variation  in  the  expenditure  of 
energy  and  the  amount  of  useful  work  supplied, 
which  depend  on  the  psychic  qualities  of  the 
individual  from  the  standpoint  of  productiveness 
both  as  to  quantity  and  quality  (Buyse). 

Omer  Buyse  did  his  utmost  to  discover  the 
period  of  the  psycho-physiological  factors  which 
come  into  play  during  apprenticeship  in  the  wood 
and  iron  trades,  by  watching  the  work  of  four 
young  workmen  in  different  stages  of  proficiency 
for  several  months,  and  from  day  to  day,  and 
that  of  some  student  mechanical-fitters,  electri- 
cians, modellers  and  joiners  from  the  School 
of  Handicrafts,  as  well.  From  these  observations 
one  dominating  fact  stands  out ;  through  all  the 
changes  to  which  industry  has  been  subjected 
the  value  of  the  workmanship  always  is,  and  will 
for  ever  remain,  the  decisive  element  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  capacity  of  production.  Engineers 
and  inventors  apply  themselves  ceaselessly  to 
perfecting  tools  and  the  means  of  manufacture  by 
working  out  ideas  supplied  by  science,  but  these 
experimenters  do  not  seem  to  have  paid  sufficient 
attention  to  the  perfecting  of  the  human  motor. 


THE   HUMAN   MOTOR  7 

The  introduction  of  automatic  and  semi-automatic 
tools  and  of  the  system  of  serial  operations  pro- 
foundly modify  the  qualities  required  in  a  work- 
man. Under  what  conditions  should  the  work 
of  a  craftsman  be  accomplished  so  as  to  attain 
its  best  economic  result  ?  It  can  be  admitted  as 
possible  that  this  question  may  be  answered  by 
the  investigations  of  experimental  physiology 
in  conjunction  with  mechanical  measurements 
made  upon  rudimentary  industrial  labour.  One 
may  hope,  Omer  Buyse  remarks  with  justice,  that 
systematic  study  may  soon  lead  us  to  an  exact 
knowledge  of  the  physiological  and  psychological 
qualities  upon  which  the  fitness  of  a  craftsman 
rests.  The  orientation  which  some  professors  of 
technical  education,  in  collaboration  with  some 
experimental  physiologists,  actually  give  to  their 
researches  enables  us  to  foresee  the  not  far  distant 
time  when  they  will  remove,  with  their  registering 
appliances,  into  the  factories  and  workshops 
and  into  the  timber-yards  themselves,  there  to 
make  scientific  enquiries  concerning  the  training 
and  the  work  of  the  artisan.  Examination  of 
the  economic  problem  of  labour  resolves  itself  into 
(a)  the  subject :  the  power,  the  apprentice,  the 
workman  ;  and  (b)  the  object :  the  resistance, 
the  work  to  be  accomplished  in  typical  indus- 
tries. 


8  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

Omer  Buyse  goes  on  to  say  that  the  physical 
attitude  of  the  workman  as  he  works  has  a  great 
influence  on  the  amount  of  work  he  accomplishes. 
By  discovering  the  voluntary  degree  of  economy 
of  energy  that  it  is  possible  to  effect  in  the  handling 
of  old-fashioned  tools,  in  prescribing  attitudes 
which  lead  to  a  minimum  of  expenditure  of  energy 
for  a  given  piece  of  work,  laboratory  researches 
may  have  a  considerable  influence  on  the  pro- 
ductivity of  the  worker. 

Hence,  says  Buyse,  the  effect  of  training  or  habit 
(a  state  antagonistic  to  fatigue),  is  to  augment 
the  ease,  the  speed,  the  accuracy,  and  the  uni- 
formity of  an  act  by  its  repetition.  It  may  be 
referred  to  one  thing ;  the  adaptation  of  the 
psycho-physical  apparatus  to  certain  particular 
conditions  of  action.  By  the  repetition  of  a 
movement  an  aptitude  is  acquired  for  doing  it 
without  the  conscious  intervention  of  the  will 
or  the  attention  ;  consequently,  training  effects 
an  economy  of  nervous  flux  and  relieves  the 
strain  on  the  central  nervous  system.  In  the 
second  place,  under  the  influence  of  training,  the 
involuntary  movements  which,  at  the  beginning, 
are  made  in  co-operation  with  the  principal 
movement,  are  suppressed.  These  involuntary 
movements  are  a  characteristic  sign  of  inaptitude, 
and  constitute  a  waste  of  energy.  Practice  leads 


THE   HUMAN   MOTOR  9 

the  body  to  put  those  muscles  whose  action  is 
inconvenient  out  of  play,  and  to  employ  only 
those  which  do  the  work  with  the  greatest  economy 
and  the  minimum  of  effort.  The  mechanical 
nature  of  work  which  results  from  training, 
attains  its  maximum  in  the  movements  of  the  small 
muscles  whose  expenditure  of  the  flux  of  excita- 
tion in  isolated  contractions  is  manifestly  less 
than  that  exacted  by  putting  the  large  muscles 
in  motion.  The  introduction  of  machinery  in 
production  has  lightened  the  task  of  the  large 
muscles  at  the  expense  of  the  small  ones.  The 
principle  of  the  small  muscles  is  at  the  bottom  of 
the  evolution  of  labour. 

An  important  constituent  element  in  industrial 
intelligence  is  voluntary  attention  and  concen- 
tration. It  is  thus  that,  in  the  midst  of  the 
noises  and  bustle  of  a  factory,  the  machinist 
remains  turned  towards  the  machine  which  is 
performing  his  work.  The  psycho-physical  apti- 
tudes which  seem  to  be  peculiarly  favourable  to 
industrial  work  would,  according  to  Buyse, 
appear  to  be  the  rapidity  and  the  precision  of 
movement ;  these  characteristics  are  the  ex- 
pression of  the  degree  of  control  that  the  worker 
possesses  over  his  movements,  and  their  co- 
ordination. 

Another  indication  of  aptitude  appears  in  an 


io  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

interesting  phenomenon  which  accompanies  the 
period  of  apprenticeship,  it  is  the  estimation  of 
the  amount  of  fatigue  produced  in  overcoming 
resistance  of  the  tool,  in  industrial  work. 

This  estimate  bears  upon  two  different  quan- 
tities :  (i)  the  muscular  effort  connected  with 
the  execution  of  the  work  ;  (2)  the  nervous  effort 
due  to  the  fact  that  the  nervous  centres,  according 
to  loteyko,  transmit  to  the  muscles  an  excitation, 
the  strength  of  which  is  in  direct  proportion  to 
the  inertia  of  the  muscle  (Buyse). 

Our  investigations  have  in  effect  shewn  that  the 
intensity  of 1  nervous  effort  increases  as  the 
mechanical  conditions  of  the  work  required  of  the 
muscles  become  more  difficult,  and  inversely 
that  the  intensity  of  the  nervous  effort  diminishes 
when  the  muscular  work  to  be  done  becomes 
more  easy  (law  of  the  economy  of  effort).  In  this 
we  have  a  remarkable  instance  of  the  automatic 
regulation  of  nervous  effort,  the  difficulties  of  the 
work  acting  as  a  stimulant  to  the  nerve-centres. 

Buyse  investigates  this  question  from  the  stand- 
point of  apprenticeship.  This  automatic  regula- 
tion is  acquired  by  experience,  and  depends  upon 

1  J.  loteyko,  Lcs  Lois,  de  I'Ergograph  :  Etude  physio- 
logique  ct  Mathematique.  Bull,  de  V Academic  de  Belgique, 
classe  des  Sciences,  1904,  pp.  557-726 ;  2nd  Ed.  in  the 
Annales  d'Electrobiologie,  1905.  See  also ;  J.  loteyko, 
La  lot  de  I' Economic  de  I'effort  en  dynamique  nerveuse.  Com- 
municated to  the  Sixth  International  Physiology  Congress 
of  Brussels,  1904. 


THE   HUMAN    MOTOR  n 

an  estimate  of  the  intensity  of  the  effort  required  for 
the  performance  of  the  work,  made  probably  by 
the  perception  of  the  fatigue  which  will  result 
from  the  work.  Apprenticeship  which  leads  to  a 
realization  of  economy  in  labour  is  the  regulator 
of  the  muscular  effort,  which  succeeds  nervous 
action.  Muscular  and  nervous  attempts  at 
action,  like  the  succeeding  judgments  as  to  the 
effort  put  forth,  are  not  haphazard  and  un- 
directed. 

They  are  methodical,  and  the  method  consists 
in  attacking  the  particular  work  to  be  done  in  the 
manner  suggested  by  past  experience.  By  this 
means,  and  by  means  of  a  series  of  mistakes, 
each  recognized  in  turn,  it  becomes  possible 
to  adjust  the  neuro-muscular  excitation  more 
accurately  to  the  action  required.  Apprentice- 
ship to  industries  is  carried  out  on  the  experi- 
mental method.  A  beginner,  who  has  no  know- 
ledge whatever  regarding  the  effort  required  for 
cutting  wood  is  prepared  to  make  a  considerable 
effort  in  order  to  perform  the  work  successfully  ; 
he  tires,  and  thus  gets  some  idea,  some  estimate 
of  the  effort  to  be  made.  To  make  hypotheses, 
says  Buyse,  to  put  them  to  the  best  of  experience, 
to  rectify  them  until  you  come  to  some  provi- 
sional or  definite  conclusion,  to  eliminate  from 
the  error  another  of  less  importance,  until  you 


12  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

get  near  the  truth,  is  to  simply  apply  the  experi- 
mental method,  the  method  of  discovery. 


III. — ECONOMIC  METHOD  OF  WORKING  THE  BODY. 

The  investigations  of  Mosso,  and  of  his  colla- 
borators at  the  University  of  Turin,  have  opened 
the  road  to  these  researches.  They  are  too  well 
known  to  need  repetition  here.  An  exhaustive 
study  has  been  made  by  Italian  physiologists  of 
the  various  conditions  governing  the  optimum 
of  work  with  regard  to  the  weight  to  be  lifted, 
the  speed  of  contraction,  intervals  for  rest,  etc. 

After  writing  our  theories  for  the  Doctorate  of 
Medicine,  prepared  in  Paris,  in  M.  Ch.  Richet's 
laboratory,  we  devoted  more  than  fifteen  years 
to  the  study  of  physical  and  intellectual  fatigue 
in  the  Physiological  Institute,  Brussels,  and  in  other 
laboratories.1 

We  owe  to  M.  Imbert,  Professor  in  the  Faculty 
of  Medicine  at  Montpellier,  a  very  attractive 

Sec  some  of  our  publications  :  Fatigue  (article  in  the 
Dictionnairede  Physiologic,  of  Ch.  Richet,  nearly  200 pp.,  1903); 
La  Fonction  Musculaire  (Doin,  Paris,  1909)  ;  Le  quotient  de  la 
Fatigue  (C.R.  de  I'Acadimie  des  Sciences,  1900)  ;  Effets  du 
travail  de  certains  groupes  musculaircs  sur  d'autres  groupes 
qui  ne  font  aucun  travail  (Ibid.,  1900)  ;  Participation  des 
centres  ncrveux  aux  phenomenes  de  fatigue  musculaire  (Annie 
Psychol,  VII,  1900)  ;  Le  travail  des  centres  nerveux  spinaux 
(C.R.,  1900)  ;  Les  lois  de  I'Ergographie  :  etude  physlologique 
et  Matheniatique  (Travaux  de  I'Institut  Solvay  de  Physiologic. 
Pamphlet  of  172  pp.,  1904). 


THE    HUMAN    MOTOR  13 

study  on  the  economic  method  of  working  the 
body.2 

We  cannot,  by  the  exercise  of  our  will,  modify 
the  form  of  our  muscles  ;  but  it  is  not  without 
interest  to  know  whether  our  various  muscles, 
in  so  far  as  they  are  motors,  are  sufficiently 
defective  in  their  natural  form  to  entail  a  useless 
expenditure  of  energy,  or  whether  they  are  not  so. 
By  reason  of  the  mechanical  conditions  under 
which  the  levers  of  the  body  operate,  the  intensity 
of  the  force  of  muscular  contraction  varies  during 
the  moving  of  a  load,  or  even  during  the  stationary 
holding  of  a  weight,  according  to  the  position  of 
the  bone-lever  used.  Now,  it  generally  depends 
upon  our  will  as  to  whether  we  adopt  this  or  that 
position  for  our  bone-lever,  in  order  to  accomplish 
some  exterior  and  pre-determined  task,  and  we 
thus  do  exercise  some  volitional  influence  upon 
our  total  expenditure  of  energy.  Imbert  says, 
that  it  is  a  fascinating  idea  to  think  that  our  body, 
so  far  as  it  is  only  a  productive  instrument  of  toil, 
is  constructed  upon  a  general  plan  and  presents 
such  harmony  of  action  that  all  useless  expen- 
diture of  energy  is,  or  at  least  may  be,  avoided. 
This  point  of  view  is  inexact.  And  even  fatigue, 
which  seems  to  be  the  most  important  criterion 

2  A.    Imbert,    Mode   de  fonctionnement  economique   de   V  OY- 
ganisme  (Collection  Scientia),   1902. 


14  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

of  expenditure  of  energy,  may  correspond  to 
different  expenditures  of  energy,  if  we  compare 
different  motors,  bodies  which  are  not  in  identi- 
cally the  same  state  of  action.  Moreover,  the 
idea  of  mechanical  work,  which  is  independent  of 
the  time  employed  in  performing  it,  is  purely 
abstract. 

If  it  is  by  fatigue  that  we  wish  to  judge  of  the 
total  expenditure  of  energy,  the  limits  between 
which  this  expenditure  may  vary  should  be 
attentively  studied,  so  that  the  reaction  of  the 
organism  to  sufficiently  marked  variations  of 
sensation  may  be  clearly  noted.  Imbert  was 
anxious  that  children  should  not  be  included  in 
these  experiments.  For  them,  physical  exercise, 
the  expenditure  of  mechanical  energy,  is  a  physio- 
logical necessity,  almost  as  necessary  as  food  ; 
they  spend  from  the  need  of  spending  ;  they  run 
and  jump  instead  of  keeping  to  the  economic 
gait  of  walking ;  they  even  prefer  a  painful 
ascent  by  a  rope  to  the  less  exhausting  process  of 
going  up  a  staircase.  The  natural  and  unconscious 
pre-occupation  of  children  is  not,  as  it  is  with 
the  grown  man,  to  discover  how  to  make  the 
best  use  of  power,  but,  by  exercise,  to  encourage 
the  normal  development  of  the  human  motor. 
In  short,  they  are  not  perfect  motors,  but  motors 
in  course  of  formation.  Now,  in  contrast  with 


THE    HUMAN    MOTOR  15 

children,  from  the  standpoint  of  the  utilization 
of  their  strength,  are  convalescents.  They  seek 
for  the  strictest  economy  of  force  ;  they  do  all  they 
can  to  lessen  such  work  as  involves  vertical 
displacement  of  the  centre  of  gravity. 

Imbert  cites  an  interesting  incident  investi- 
gated by  Haughton,  relating  to  a  road  traversed 
by  some  English  fisherwomen.  The  work  of  these 
women  was  the  gathering  of  shellfish,  and  they 
had  to  go  along  a  road  between  their  village 
and  the  shore.  The  ground  to  be  crossed  consisted 
of  two  very  different  stretches,  so  far  as  ease  of 
walking  was  concerned — one  was  firm  and  re- 
sisted the  pressure  of  the  feet,  the  other  was 
sandy,  the  absence  of  firmness  necessitating  a 
greater  expenditure  of  energy  for  the  same  rate 
of  walking.  On  account  of  this  peculiarity,  the 
road  which  entailed  the  lesser  expenditure  of 
energy  was  not,  geometrically,  the  shorter  way, 
that  is  to  say,  the  straight  line,  because  the 
straight  line  would  have  compelled  a  long  walk 
over  the  sandy  piece  of  ground.  Neither  of  these 
paths  was  that  followed  by  the  fisher- women. 
The  path  chosen  was  midway  between  the  two 
and  it  was  just  this  one  that  corresponded  to  the 
minimum  expenditure  of  energy.  Haughton 
decided  mathematically  that  the  law  followed 
in  this  walk  was  analogous  to  the  law  of  refraction, 


16  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

by  following  which,  light  waves  passing  through 
media  having  different  densities,  are  transmitted 
from  point  to  point  in  a  minimum  of  tim^  ~~  -1 
with  a  minimum  of  effort.     In  othe.    wu. ..  , 
choosing  the  intermediate  road,  partly  co^~ 
of  firm  soil  and  partly  of  sand,  the  fisherwomen 
were  able  to  accomplish  the  journey  in  the  mini- 
mum of  time,  and  with  the  minimum  production 
of  fatigue. 

Other  examples,  in  various  spheres,  could  be 
cited,  all  demonstrating  the  constant  tendency 
of  the  human  organism  to  reduce  its  expenditure 
of  energy  to  a  minimum.  The  movements  of 
the  eye  form  a  good  example  of  a  natural  adapta- 
tion for  effecting  this  object,  the  eye,  on  leaving 
one  object  and  fixing  another,  revolving  about 
an  axis  perpendicular  to  a  plane  cutting  both 
the  former  and  the  new  line  of  vision.  This  is 
known  as  Listing's  law,  and  shews  that  the  eye 
normally  makes  the  smallest  possible  movement 
in  transferring  its  line  of  vision  from  one  object 
to  another. 

Generally,  it  is  by  a  forward  inclination  of  the 
body  that  we  diminish  the  amplitude  of  the  vertical 
movements  of  our  centre  of  gravity.  We  also 
assume  this  stooping  attitude  when  walking 
quickly,  or  from  fatigue,  or,  again,  when  we  are 
over-weighted  by  too  heavy  a  load,  that  is  to  say, 


THE   HUMAN   MOTOR  17 

under   the   various   circumstances   for   which   it 
Becomes  necessary  to  expend  the  maximum  effort. 
r^-nheH:  draws  .attention  to  the  antagonistic  muscles. 
, .    ysry    few    muscles    that    are    really 
nistic-.-(as  are,   for  example,   the  internal 
dii«u  external  rectus  muscles  of  the  eye).     Other 
muscles  are  either  in  direct  accord,  or  else,  without 
ceasing  to  be  antagonistic,  can  co-operate  simul- 
taneously for  the  achievement  of  a  common  pur- 
pose, as  Demeny  has  observed.     For  instance,  we 
see,  in  slow  movements  of  uniform  speed,  that 
there  is  a  simultaneous  contraction  of  the  two 
antagonistic   muscles.     Now   a   force   constantly 
and  always  acting  in  the  same  manner  on  a  body 
will    give    it    a    quickened    motion ;    it   follows, 
therefore,  that  sustained  speed  can  be  obtained 
only  if  the  action  of   the  flexing  or  extending 
muscle  is  each  moment  counterbalanced  by  an 
inverse  action  of  the  antagonistic  muscle  whose 
intervention    is    indispensable.      It    is    different 
directly  the  movements  executed  became  rapid. 
The  mechanical  reason  for  the  intervention  of  the 
antagonistic  muscle  then  no  longer  exists  ;    also 
it    appears    that    this    muscle    remains    relaxed, 
except    at    the    end    of    a    movement,    when    it 
intervenes  to  cancel  the  speed.       In    all    these 
cases  expenditure  is  reduced  and  the  work  in- 
creased. 


i8  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

It  is  just  the  same  with  the  form  of  the  muscles, 
which,  according  to  Haughton's  observations, 
is  strictly  adapted  to  the  nature  of  the  work  to 
be  done,  such  as  the  heart  for  example,  where  the 
complex  arrangement  of  the  muscular  fibres 
renders  them  particularly  suitable  for  utilization 
to  the  performance  of  the  work  required  of  that 
organ.  W.  Roux  has  likewise  demonstrated  the 
perfect  harmony  existing  between  the  form  of  the 
muscles  and  the  conditions  of  their  work.  The 
variations  in  the  length  of  the  fibres  are  adapted 
to  the  extent  of  the  movements  which  the  muscles 
have  to  make,  and  we  see  the  muscular  fibres 
extend  themselves  spontaneously  when  stretching 
to  a  part  of  their  length,  and  vice  versa.  Marsy 
definitely  solved  this  problem  in  the  affirmative. 

Finally,  Imbert  cites  the  work  done  by 
de  Chauveau,  to  whom  was  reserved  the  discovery 
of  the  first  laws  of  muscular  energy.  His  investi- 
gations having  become  classic,  we  will  not  recapi- 
tulate them  here,  but  we  must  remember  that 
they  dealt  chiefly  with  the  evolution  of  the 
internal  work  of  the  muscles  by  virtue  of  the 
principle  of  Equivalence,  which  governs  all 
transformations  of  energy.  His  experiments  were 
carried  out  upon  the  flexors  of  the  fore-arm  in 
man,  whose  conditions  of  work  vary  according 
to  circumstances. 


THE    HUMAN    MOTOR  19 

The  outcome  of  all  these  experiments  is,  says 
Imbert,  that,  in  the  mechanical  movements  as 
well  as  in  the  conservation  of  the  internal  energy 
of  the  muscles,  one  clearly  sees  the  unconscious 
but  constant  effort  to  reduce  the  total  expenditure 
of  energy  to  a  minimum  and  the  voluntary 
realisation  of  mechanical  conditions  corresponding 
to  this  minimum  of  expenditure.  The  body  thus 
would  appear  to  be  apt  to  appreciate  two  kinds  of 
conditions,  the  first  external  and  of  a  mechanical 
nature,  the  second  internal  and  of  a  physiological 
nature  ;  it  would  seem  to  know  how  to  keep 
account  at  the  same  time  of  mathematical  laws 
and  of  biological  laws,  but  it  is  always  by  the  same 
process  that  it  arrives  at  conclusions  which  differ 
in  their  essence.  The  working  of  the  animated 
motor  is,  in  effect,  influenced  by  that  very  working 
itself ;  all  work,  sufficient  in  duration  and 
quantity,  entails  fatigue,  and  it  is  in  reality  by 
the  constant  effort  to  avoid  fatigue  that  we 
regulate  our  action  (Imbert). 

The  protective  part  played  by  fatigue,  which 
we  dealt  with  in  a  previous  publication,1  is  fully 
confirmed  by  these  investigations. 

We  have  previously  seen  that,  according  to 
Buyse,  at  the  time  of  apprenticeship,  that  is  to 

1  J.  loteyko,  Les  Defenses  psychiques  :  I.  La  Doulcu-r ; 
II.  La  Fatigue.  Revue  Philosophique,  Feb.  1913. 


20  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

say,  during  the  psychic  adaptation  to  the  work,  we 
became  conscious  of  the  nervous  effort  required 
for  over-coming  the  external  resistance  offered  to 
our  performance  of  the  work.  At  first  the 
movements  are  accomplished  at  the  expense  of  a 
great  waste  of  energy,  but  repeated  attempts 
lead  to  economy  in  movements.  The  decisive 
movement  here  is  the  consciousness  of  the  effort 
required.  In  the  investigations  connected  with 
the  method  of  the  economic  working  of  the  body 
(outside  the  phase  of  apprenticeship),  this  decisive 
movement  which  regulates  the  conservation  of  its 
energy  is  the  feeling  of  fatigue.  Now,  effort  and 
fatigue  are  correlated  sensations,  for  a  great  effort 
ijn variably  leads  to  fatigue,  and  when  a  young 
apprentice,  in  the  course  of  time,  acquires  the  best 
movements,  it  is  because  he  is  convinced  by 
experience  that  they  lead  to  the  minimum  of 
fatigue. 

We  are,  therefore,  justified  in  affirming  that  the 
psychic  factor  which  regulates  the  expenditure  of 
energy  of  the  human  motor,  so  as  to  ensure  the 
most  economical  working,  the  factor  which  guides 
the  animal  machine  to  adaptation  to  the  best 
conditions  for  working,  which  even  modifies  the 
forms  of  muscles  to  suit  them  to  their  work, 
is  the  sensation  of  fatigue.  We  know  that  the 
function  creates  the  organ.  The  importance 


THE   HUMAN   MOTOR  21 

of  fatigue  from  the  standpoint  of  evolution 
is  here  transparently  clear. 

The  wrong  movements,  badly  adapted,  accom- 
panied by  a  waste  of  energy,  are  those  that,  at 
the  same  time,  are  the  most  fatiguing ;  now, 
pain  and  fatigue  are  the  physical  and  psychical 
conditions  which  we  are  endeavouring  to  avoid 
throughout  our  lives.  Fatigue  is  the  conscious- 
ness of  over-work,  the  result,  it  may  be,  of  too 
much  work,  or  it  may  be  unproductive  work, 
accompanied  by  waste. 

Is  fatigue  supreme  ?  It  certainly  is  not  more  so 
than  all  our  other  psychic  defences,  such  as,  for 
example,  pain,  whose  defensive  role  has  been  so 
thoroughly  investigated  by  Charles  Richet.  Even 
the  general  law  of  pain  and  of  pleasure  may,  in 
certain  cases,  be  opposed  to  happiness.  The  part 
played  by  fatigue  could  be  exercised  only  within 
certain  limits.  Like  all  sensations,  fatigue  is 
subject  to  illusions,  to  oscillations,  it  may  become 
insensible  in  some  pathological  conditions,  or,  on 
the  contrary,  be  unduly  developed  without 
apparent  cause.  It  is,  moreover,  subject  to  the 
conditions  of  work.  It  is  easy  to  understand  that 
the  aberrations  are  more  frequent  when  the  work 
is  very  complicated  as,  for  example,  in  the  case  of 
industrial  work.  Le  Chatelier  is,  therefore,  right 
when  he  protests  against  the  supposition  that 


22  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

skilled  workmen  understand  quite  well  how  to 
make  the  best  use  of  their  forces  in  order  to 
obtain  a  given  result  with  the  minimum  amount 
of  fatigue. 

If  we  take,  as  an  example,  the  transport  of  heavy 
weights,  a  task  which  is  relatively  simple,  we  find, 
according  to  Taylor,  that  the  labour  is  governed  by 
six  variables,  viz.,  the  weight  carried  on  each 
journey,  the  distance  traversed,  the  inclination 
of  the  road,  the  speed  when  fully  loaded,  the 
speed  of  the  return  empty-handed,  and  the  time 
of  rest.  The  workman  could  not  in  any  case 
determine  under  these  conditions  the  most 
economical  use  of  his  mechanical  energy. 

In  other  cases  a  dozen  or  more  variables  have 
been  counted.  Taylor  devoted  25  years  of  his  life  to 
making  exact  calculations  concerning  these  vari- 
ables, and  their  large  number  prevents  the  work- 
man himself  from  taking  any  bearings.  We  may 
conclude  that  the  sense  of  fatigue  ceases  to  be  really 
protective  under  these  conditions,  which  moreover 
nature  could  not  have  foreseen.  This  sense  partly 
loses  its  biological  significance  here,  not  because 
there  is  anything  out  of  harmony  with  natural  laws, 
but  because  the  body  is  not  adapted  to  all  these 
new  functions  imposed  upon  it  by  modern  indus- 
tries. Consequently,  it  is  no  longer  the  sense  of 
fatigue  which  can  be  the  decisive  moment  to  which 


THE   HUMAN   MOTOR  23 

is  allotted  the  task  of  regulating  the  optimum  of 
work.  When  dealing  with  industrial  labour 
this  task  is  handed  over  to  another  factor.  We 
are  contemplating  scientific  investigations  of  the 
conditions  of  the  work  itself,  the  measurement 
of,  not  only  subjective,  but  also  objective,  fatigue. 


4. — THE  MEASURE  OF  INDUSTRIAL  FATIGUE. 

The  problem  of  labour  could  never  have  been 
solved  had  it  not  been  for  the  entry  of  physiology 
and  psychology  into  its  domain.1 

Therefore,  relying  upon  facts  authenticated  by 
Mosso,  and  upon  other  considerations  we  find 
that  fatigue  increases  much  more  rapidly  as  the 
duration  of  the  work  done  is  prolonged.2 

Mosso  x  has  shewn,  by  means  of  the  ergograph, 
that  the  exhaustion  of  our  bodies  does  not  increase 
in  direct  ratio  with  the  work  accomplished, 
therefore,  the  performance  of  work  two  or  three 
times  more  arduous  does  not  produce  fatigue 
two  or  three  times  as  great.  The  important  fact 
to  remember  is,  however,  that  a  given  task  per- 

XJ.  loteyko,  La  Mesure  de  la  Fatigue  professionnelle. 
Revue  psychologique  II,  1909,  p.  53  Bruxelles. 

2J.  loteyko,  Les  Defenses  Psychiques.  Revue  philoso- 
phique,  Feb.  1913.  This  article  contains  other  details 
bearing  on  the  question. 

1  A.  Mosso,  La  fatigue  intellectuelle  et  physique,  Paris,  F.  Alcan 
1894. 


24  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

formed  by  an  already  fatigued  muscle  has  a  much 
more  injurious  effect  upon  that  muscle,  and  results 
in  the  production  of  greater  fatigue  than  would 
be  the  case  if  the  same  task  were  performed  under 
normal  conditions. 

The  human  organism  cannot  be  compared  to  a 
locomotive  which  consumes  a  given  quantity  of 
coal  for  each  mile  of  road  it  covers  ;  when  the 
body  is  tired  a  small  amount  of  labour  produces 
disastrous  effects.  In  these  experiments  the 
accumulation  of  fatigue  was  measured  by  means  of 
the  time  necessary  for  complete  restoration  to  the 
normal. 

We  studied  z  the  accumulation  of  fatigue  by 
means  of  short  rests  between  the  ergographic 
curves.  The  same  rest  produced  a  diminishing 
effect  in  proportion  as  the  muscle  became  more 
and  more  fatigued.  Identical  phenomena  were 
observable  in  the  domain  of  intellectual  fatigue. 

This  proof,  we  maintain,  shews  the  necessity  of 
raising  wages,  not  in  proportion  to  the  increase 
of  labour,  not  uniformly  for  each  additional  hour 
of  work,  but  on  a  graduated  scale,  seeing  that  the 
wear  and  tear  of  the  body  proceeds  in  geometrical 
progression,  whilst  the  work  is  accomplished  in 
arithmetical  progression.  It  also  proves  that 
human  energy  is  opposed  to  over-work,  the  work 

z  J.  loteyko,  Les  lots  de  I' Ergographic,  quoted     above. 


THE   HUMAN   MOTOR  25 

itself  becoming  less  and  less  productive  in  propor- 
tion to  the  growth  of  fatigue.  The  reduction  of 
the  hours  of  work  thus  become  a  biological  and 
economic  necessity.1 

Hence  we  can  formulate  the  following  postulates 
which  social  science  should  take  into  consideration, 
seeing  that  they  are  derived  from  statements 
scientifically  and  experimentally  proved. 

1.  That   as  the  daily  work  of  the  workman 
follows  an  arithmetical  progression,   so  his 
wages  should  follow  a  geometrical  progres- 
sion.    The   co-efficient  in   the   increase    of 
salaries  should  be  experimentally  determined 
in  each  trade  by  taking  into  consideration 
the  methods  of  work  employed. 

2.  For    equal    work,    an    equal    wage.     The 
woman  who  does  the  same  work  as  the  man 
should  be  paid  the  same  wage.     The  amount 
of  work  done  should  be  determined  in  each 
trade.     An  equivalence  might  be  established 
between  the  various  trades  based  on  the 
laws  of  energy.     This  postulate,  which  is 
that  of  justice,  based  on  the  equality  of 
production,    nowhere   comes   into   collision 
with  that  of  justice  based  on  an  equality  of 
expense.     It  is  thus,  for  example,  that,  by 

1  See  :  L.  J.  Fromont,  Une  experience  industrielle  de  la 
journee  dc  travail.  Published  by  1'  Institut  Solvay  de  Sociologie, 
1906.  Brussels. 


26  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

reason  of  a  different  principle,  fathers  of 
large  families  have  a  right  to  supplementary 
grants. 

3.  It  is  necessary  to  put  a  maximum  limit 
to  the  daily  number  of  working  hours  for 
each  trade.     On  account  of  the  inevitable 
wear  and  tear  of  the  body,  an  excessive 
increase  in  the  number  of  working  hours 
cannot  be  compensated  for,  by  an  increase 
of  wages. 

4.  In   the   educational  world  teachers   expose 
themselves  to  grave  disappointment  when 
they  increase  the  amount  of  the  pupils'  work 
without    knowing   the   laws   of   fatigue   in 
relation  to  their  age,  sex,  constitution,  and 
aptitudes.     The  difficulty  to  be  surmounted 
does  not  increase  in  proportion  to  the  matter 
to    be    studied,    but    much    more    rapidly 
(Ebbringhaus). 

Those  subjects  which  demand  a  high  degree  of 
training  by  means  of  prolonged  periods  of  study 
cannot  be  acquired  by  an  organism  in  a  state  of 
over-work.  To  solve  the  question  scientifically 
it  is  necessary  to  demonstrate  that  the  worker  is 
over-worked,  that  is  to  say,  that  his  physiological 
expenditure  is  in  excess  of  his  receipts.  In  order 
to  avoid  over-work  it  is  necessary  that  the  worker 


THE   HUMAN   MOTOR  27 

should  recover  his  full  powers  by  his  night's 
rest  and  his  weekly  rest. 

How  are  these  results  to  be  estimated  ?  The 
matter  is  all  the  more  difficult  in  that,  to  over- work, 
are  often  added  the  injurious  effects  of  an  unhealthy 
trade.  There  is,  therefore,  a  double  danger. 
It  would  be  interesting  to  study  this  combination  of 
two  morbid  effects,  but  it  would  also  appear  to  be 
indispensable  that  the  effects  of  fatigue  should 
stand  out  in  all  their  clearness  if  investigations 
are  to  be  conducted  in  a  strictly  scientific  fashion, 
so  as  to  yield  useful  data. 

It  is  absurd,  says  Liesse,1  to  pretend  to  fix 
a  priori  a  uniform  length  of  working-day  for 
all  industries  in  all  countries. 

The  analysis  of  the  elements  of  production 
teach  us,  on  the  contrary,  that  there  exist  different 
limits  for  each  kind  of  work,  often  for  each  country 
investigated,  the  nature  of  the  climate,  the  race 
and  the  habits  of  the  people  being  the  primary 
causes  of  the  diversity.  Sommerfeld 1  shares 
this  opinion. 

What  methods  can  be  advocated  for  studies  of 
this  kind  ?  The  pathological  method  has  far 
too  long  been  the  only  one  applied  ;  that  consists 

1  A.  Liesse,  Le  travail  au  point  de  vere  scientlfique,  Industrie! 
et  social,  Paris,  F.  Alcan,  1899. 

1  Th.  Sommerfeld,  Traite  des  maladies  professionnelles. 
French  translation,  Brussels,  1901. 


28  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

in  drawing  up  statistics  of  morbidity  and  mortality. 
Such  a  method,  by  itself,  is  insufficient,  seeing 
that  the  pathogenetic  action  of  fatigue  is  the  sign 
of  such  serious  trouble  that  it  would  be  dangerous 
to  base  labour  legislation  on  an  organic  collapse 
due  to  over-work.  The  methods  advocated 
should  be  more  delicate  and  at  the  same  time 
more  precise,  allowing  of  the  measuring,  so  to 
speak,  of  the  phenomena  of  fatigue  and  their 
manifestations,  so  as  to  put  in  evidence  the  signs 
of  over- work  long  before  organic  collapse.  It  is  a 
question  of  actual  prophylaxy  of  fatigue.  Such 
methods  can  be  only  psycho-physiological. 

Fatigue  is  a  very  complex  result  of  numerous 
factors.  The  intensity  of  the  fatigue  is  the 
function  of  the  following  factors  1  :— 

1.  Hours  of  work. 

2.  Relative  wages  (ratio  between  a  living  wage 
and  the  cost  of  provisions). 

3.  Nature  and  organisation  of  the  work. 

4.  Individual  constitution  and  aptitudes  (sta- 
ture,   length    of    arm,    disposition    of    the 
muscles,  power  of  attention,  morbid  predis- 
positions,   maladies). 

5-  Age. 

6.  Sex. 

7.  Town  or  country  life. 

1  See  our  article  in  the  Rfvue  Physiologique,   1909- 


THE   HUMAN   MOTOR  29 

8.  Personal  hygiene  (nourishment,  sleep,  etc. 
A  workman  may  spend  his  wages  on  useless, 
or  even  harmful  things.  Moral  Hygiene). 

One  may  add  to  these  factors  the  influence  of 
climate,  of  race,  of  customs,  etc.  Amongst 
these  factors  the  nature  and  organisation  of  the 
v/ork  comprise  many  chapters,  and  it  is  chiefly 
here  that  research  should  be  made ;  but  no 
formal  conclusion  can  be  arrived  at  without 
consulting  the  conditions  collectively  under  which 
the  work  is  carried  on.  These  conditions  are  to  the 
worker  intrinsic  and  extrinsic. 

The  question  of  industrial  fatigue  was  placed  on 
the  programme  for  discussion  at  the  International 
Congress  of  Hygiene  and  Demography.  The 
Congress,  held  at  Brussels  in  1903,  put  the 
question  in  the  following  form  :  To  what  extent 
is  it  possible  by  physiological  methods,  to  study 
fatigue,  its  manifestations,  and  its  degrees  in  the 
various  industries  ?  What  are  the  arguments  which 
the  physiological  and  medical  science  could  or 
might  recommend  in  favour  of  definite  methods 
for  the  organisation  of  labour  ?  Three  reports  and 
one  paper  were  submitted  in  reply  to  this  question 
(Imbert,  Treves,  Demoor,  and  ourselves).  Seeing 
that  the  problem  was  so  new,  not  one  of  these 
writers  was  able  to  give  the  result  of  experi- 


30  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

ments,  but  they  all  at  least  made  an  attempt  to 
solve  it. 

In  our  article  we  suggested  a  plan  of  study 
which  included   the   following   points  : 

I.  Preliminary  Medical  Examination. — The  first 
obvious  necessity  is  the  medical  examination  of 
young  people  at  the  time  when  they  are  choosing 
a  career,  and  this  applies  just  as  much  to  the 
various    handicrafts    as    it    does    to    the    liberal 
professions.     All  those  who  have  taken  the  wrong 
turning  in  their  choice  of  a  career  become  an 
easy    prey    to    over-work    and    only    aggravate 
existing    defects.     Their    efficiency    is    seriously 
diminished,    and   consequently   their   well-being. 
In  these  inaptitudes  in  certain  professions,  we  may 
detect  one  of  the  causes  of  over-work,  and  social 
unproductiveness. 

II.  Laboratory  methods  which  have  for  their  aim 
the  study  of  the  energy  of  labour, 

III.  Investigations  and  experiments  made  on  the 
workers,    in  factories,    workshops,    and   buildings. 

1.  The  study  of  fatigue  in  different  parts  of  the 
body   (organs  of  the  senses,  etc.). 

2.  Observations    made    on    the   progress    of  the 

work   done.     It   is   essential   to   see   which 
conditions  yield  the  best  return. 


THE   HUMAN   MOTOR  31 

3.  Influence   of  machinery  on   the    over-fatigue 
of  the  workers. 

4.  Sensitivity    to    pain.     Sensitivity    to    pain, 
measured  by  the  algesimeter,  increases  under 
the  influence  of   slight  intellectual  fatigue, 
and     diminishes    under    great    exhaustion 
Itoyko  and  Stef anowska) . 

5.  Ergographic  methods.1 

6.  The  ponometric  method.     The  ponometer  is 
the  instrument  invented  by  Mosso  to  inscribe 
the  curve  of  nervous  effort  during  the  pro- 
gress of  muscular  work. 

7.  Method  of  the  reflex  phenomena. — In  the  case 

of  cerebral  fatigue,  as  the  inhibitory  effects  of 
the  brain  on  the  central  nervous  system 
become  less,  the  reflexes  becomes  exag-. 
gerated.  This  fact  has  been  observed  in 
neurasthenia  and  also  in  cases  of  general 
fatigue  (Westpole,  Sternberg). 

8.  Method  of  chromatic  sensitivity.     This  sensiti- 
vity becomes  less  in  cases  of  general  fatigue. 

9.  Plethysmographic    method. — Under     fatigue 
it    is   noticeable    that    the    capillary    pulse 
indicates  asthenia  (Binet  and  Courtier). 

10.  Method    of  measuring   the   time   taken  for 
reaction. — Reaction    is    slower    under    the 
influence   of   fatigue. 

1  See   our   book :    La    fonction   Musculaire    (Paris). 


32  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

IV.  Pathological    Methods. — These    consist    in 
studying  pathogenic  effects  of  over-work  ;  loss  of 
weight,   arrested  growth,   deviations,   malforma- 
tions, industrial  maladies. 

V.  Investigations  and  interrogations. — We  would 
call   attention   to   the   interesting   investigations 
made   by   Bloch    (of    Paris)    on    the   subject    of 
industrial  fatigue.     The  author  propounded  the 
following  question   to  different  artisans  ;    When 
you  have  been  very  busy,  whereabouts  do  you 
feel  fatigue  ?    The  answers,  at  first  sight,  seem 
very   paradoxical ;    we    select    a    few    examples. 
The  baker,   who  had  been  kneading  all  night, 
leaning  over  and  mixing  the  heavy  mass  of  dough, 
complained  of  fatigue  in  his  legs.     The  black- 
smith, who  strikes  the  anvil,  does  not  complain  of 
tired  arms  or  shoulders,  but  of  his  back  and  loins. 
The  road-mender  working  with  his  pick  is  tired 
in  the  legs.     The  shoemaker,  who  strikes  with  a 
hammer,  complains  of  his  loins  and  abdominal 
muscles.     The   young  soldier,   after  a  march,  is 
chiefly  tired  in  the  nape  of  the  neck,  even  though 
he  has  not  carried  a  haversack.      The  inexperi- 
enced violinist  complains  of  a  distressing  strain 
at  the  back  of  the  neck  ;    whilst  the  accomplished 
artist  wails  over  a  numbness  of  the  left  hand 
which  he  has  held  contracted  upon  the  finger- 


THE   HUMAN    MOTOR  33 

board  of  his  instrument.  The  experienced 
oarsman  suffers  from  fatigue  in  the  calves  of  his 
legs  and  insteps,  after  prolonged  exertion. 

The  paradoxical  appearance  of  the  answers  is 
explained  in  the  following  way  by  Bloch  :  the 
fatigue  predominates  in  the  groups  of  muscles 
that  become  immovable  when  contracted.  These 
experiments  shew  the  existence  of  static  fatigue, 
which  sometimes  predominates.  They  also  shew 
that  the  groups  of  auxiliary  muscles  in  industrial 
movements  should  be  exercised  as  much  as  possible 
so  as  to  break  the  continuity  of  contractions, 
whether  auxiliary  or  principal. 

In  his  report  laid  before  the  Brussels  Congress 
Imbert  particularly  insists  upon  the  slackening  of 
contraction  and  muscular  relaxation  which  is  the 
first  sign  of  fatigue  and  manifests  itself  after  quite 
a  small  number  of  contractions,  even  before  the 
height  of  the  movement  is  appreciably  diminished. 
The  fact,  long  known  and  noticed  in  the  muscles 
of  the  frog,  has  been  verified  by  Imbert  and 
Gagniere  in  a  man  working  at  the  ergograph. 
This  diminution  of  the  rapidity  of  contraction 
gives  rise  to  a  practical  result  of  great  interest. 

The  accidents  in  connection  with  labour  are 
generally  the  outcome  of  some  fortuitous  event. 
In  such  cases  they  often  arise  so  suddenly  that  the 
workman  finds  it  is  impossible  to  escape  from  the 

C 


34  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

danger  that  threatens.  In  other  cases,  on  the 
contrary,  the  menace  is  less  sudden  ;  the  workman 
sees  it  coming,  and  can  ward  it  off.  But  then 
it  is  necessary  that  the  workman's  muscular 
contraction  should  be  achieved  as  rapidly  as 
possible,  because  the  time  at  the  workman's 
disposal  is  often  only  a  fraction  of  a  second.  And 
in  those  trades  where  the  workmen  are,  as  it  were, 
attached  to  a  moving  machine  and  have  to  regu- 
late the  speed  of  their  work  by  that  of  the  machine 
it  is  easy  to  conceive  the  part  played  by  fatigue  in 
workmen's  accidents.  Besides,  one  has  also  to 
take  mental  fatigue  into  consideration,  and  it  is 
this  which  lengthens  the  psychic  process  inter- 
vening between  perception  and  movement. 

The  result  of  this,  says  Imbert,  is  that  accidents 
connected  with  work  must  be  more  numerous 
as  the  day  advances,  more  numerous,  too,  in  the 
corresponding  hours,  at  the  end  than  at  the 
beginning  of  the  week,  if  work  is  pressed  too  far. 
The  statistics  of  the  distribution  of  accidents 
connected  with  labour  therefore  constitute  an 
indication  of  the  degree  of  fatigue  in  the  human 
motor  (see  later). 

Other  observations  may  also  lead  to  the  verifi- 
cation of  physical  fatigue.  The  attitude  of  the 
workman  at  the  beginning  and  at  the  end  of  a 
hard  day's  work  may  shew  certain  modifications, 


THE    HUMAN    MOTOR  35 

which  follow  the  principle  discovered  by  Marey,  in 
connection  with  the  vertical  displacements  of  the 
centre  of  gravity  during  progress  of  the  work. 
As  a  general  rule,  the  useless  expenditure  of  energy 
is  suppressed  during  fatigue  and  the  body  in- 
stinctively adopts  a  more  economical  attitude. 
This  attitude  can  be  determined  by  chronophoto- 
graphy  which  also  enables  successive  records  to 
be  taken  during  the  progress  of  work.1  Whether 
the  question  is  one  of  intellectual,  or  of  physical, 
fatigue,  can  now  be  decided,  as  we  have  since  then 
been  in  possession  of  general  methods  of  investi- 
gation, and  of  general  processes  of  measurement. 
Such  is  the  conclusion  arrived  at  in  Imbert's 
report  2 

In  an  article  which  appeared  in  L'Annee 
Psychologique  Imbert  shews  the  importance  of  the 
problem  laid  down  by  social  medicine.  However 
useful  these  attempts  may  be,  we  must  not  ignore 
the  almost  hostile  indifference  with  which  they 
were  at  first  received  in  the  Syndicalist  centres 
of  working  men.  Moreover,  the  experimental 

1  In  an  exhaustive  inquiry  into  the  labour  of  working  men 
undertaken  by  the  Solvay  Institute  of  Sociology  in  Brussels, 
in   which    we,  in  colloboration   with   others,    undertook   the 
physiological  part,  the  attitudes  of  workmen  were  determined, 
thanks  to  cinematography.     Events  and  the  tragic  accident 
of  which  M.  Waxwieiler,  director  of  the  Institute,  was  the 
victim,   delayed  the  publication  of  the  inquiry. 

2  Imbert,     L 'Etude    scientifique    experimentale    du    travail 
professional  (Annee  Psychologique t   1907,  Vol.   xiii.,  pp.    245- 


36  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

and  exact  study  of  a  trade  is  a  project  which 
cannot  be  carried  out  without  some  difficulty. 
The  author  quite  rightly  insists  on  the  inadequate 
information  furnished  by  the  valuation  of  mechani- 
cal work  ;  as  a  matter  of  fact,  this  puts  us  in 
possession  of  only  one  factor  in  the  problem. 
He  gives  an  account  of  experiments  he  made  on 
the  dock  labourers  at  Cette  in  the  unloading  of 
colliers  as  well  as  those  of  A.  Gauthier  on  the  labour 
of  wine  and  spirit  storehouse  workmen  working 
a  wine-pump.  In  both  cases  the  mechanical 
labour  was  stringently  estimated.  But  it  would 
be  misleading  to  rely  upon  a  simple  estimate  in 
kilogramme-metres  to  fix  the  value  of  industrial 
labour. 

To  compare  in  kilogrammes,  labour  achieved 
under  different  conditions,  would  lead  to  the 
conclusion,  for  instance,  that  to  ascend  to  the 
next  floor  by  going  up  a  good  staircase  is  the 
same  thing  as  raising  oneself  by  one's  arms  up  a 
long  vertical  rope,  since  the  mechanical  labour 
is  the  same  in  both  cases.  Such  a  conclusion 
is  mechanically  exact,  but  physiologically  false. 

Thus,  the  wine  and  spirit  storehouse  labourers, 
studied  by  A.  Gauthier  accomplished,  in  their  from 
nine  to  ten  hours'  day,  work  estimated  at  212,200 
kilogramme-metres  ;  whilst  the  day's  work  of  the 
dock-labourers  was  equal  to  75,000  kilogramme- 


THE    HUMAN    MOTOR  37 

metres.  Judging  by  these  numerical  results, 
it  would  seem  that  the  former  labour  must  be 
about  three  times  as  difficult  as  the  latter,  because 
in  these  cases  the  same  muscles  came  into  play, 
viz.,  those  of  the  arms  and  of  the  trunk.  But  the 
mechanical  conditions  in  which  the  muscles 
operated  in  these  two  kinds  of  work  are  sufficiently 
dissimilar  to  completely  reverse  the  conclusion. 
All  the  dock-labourers  would  be  capable  of  per- 
forming the  day's  work  of  a  wine  pumper,  but 
the  reverse  would  certainly  not  be  the  case. 
Consequently  the  eight  hours'  day  of  the  coalheaver 
is  paid  at  the  rate  of  eight  francs,  whilst  in  the 
same  town  the  wage  of  the  wine  pumper  is  only 
from  4-5  francs  for  a  ten  hours'  day. 

Compare  with  these  figures  the  enormous 
amount  of  mechanical  work  a  postman  would 
produce  who  made  two  rounds  daily,  each  of 
three  hours  duration,  at  a  speed  of  3,600  metres 
per  hour.  We  should  thus  get  259,200  kilogramme- 
metres  per  day,  whilst  a  dock  labourer  only 
achieved  75,000  kilogramme-metres. 

It  is  enough  also  to  remember  the  works  of 
Chauveau  dealing  with  internal  muscular  effort 
(excess  of  animal  heat),  to  judge  of  the  well- 
known  inadequacy  of  an  estimate  based  exclu- 
sively upon  the  information  derived  solely  from 
mechanical  labour. 


38  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

To  estimate  in  kilogramme-metres  is  of  practical 
use' when  the  aim  is  to  measure  the  relative  values 
of  different  movements  employed  in  the  same 
work,  etc.  But  if  it  is  desired  to  study  the  effects 
that  skilled  labour  may  produce  on  the  body 
of  the  labourer,  research  should  be  directed  to 
the  study  of  biological  phenomena. 

With  regard  to  the  literature  on  over-work 
submitted  to  the  XIV th  International  Congress  on 
Hygiene  and  Demography,  held  at  Berlin  in  1907, 
we  here  give  an  outline,  based  on  the  account 
given  by  Imbert.1  Of  the  four  reports  submitted 
to  the  Congress  upon  the  question  of  Over-work 
in  the  performance  of  industrial  labour,  those  by 
Dr.  Roth,  by  Dr.  Treves,  and  by  Professor  Imbert 
assert  the  existence  of  overwork ;  the  third 
report,  presented  by  Eisner,  chief  engineer  to  the 
Berlin  Water  Works,  states  the  opposite  view. 
Eisner's  report — a  very  sincere  one — is  the  ex- 
pression of  very  strong  and  convinced  opinions, 
and  furnishes  a  partial  explanation  of  the  bitter- 
ness of  the  conflict  between  Capital  and  Labour. 

The  three  other  writers,  a  German,  an  Italian, 
and  a  Frenchman,  all  members  of  the  Medical 
profession,  testify  in  a  greater  or  less  degree, 
to  the  existence  of  over-work,  not  as  a  general 

1  Imbert,  Le  surmenage  par  suite  du  travail  profcssicnnel 
au  XIV  Congres  international  d' hygiene  et  de  demographic, 
Berlin  1907  (Annee  Psychologique,  XIV,  Vol.  1908). 


THE    HUMAN    MOTOR  39 

fact  affecting  the  working  population  as  a  whole 
of  the  various  countries,  but  particularly  with 
regard  to  certain  districts  or  to  certain  categories 
of  workers.  Treves,  of  Turin,  expresses  himself 
as  follows,  '  The  work  in  the  experimental 
physiological  and  psychological  laboratories  would 
be  sterile  and  of  very  limited  interest,  if  the  doctor 
in  the  course  of  his  researches  did  not  ask  himself 
which  are,  in  practical  life,  the  circumstances 
equivalent  to  those  created  by  his  experiments. 
We  may  say  that,  from  whatever,  branch  of 
human  knowledge  it  may  emanate,  every  concep- 
tion carried  into  the  field  of  applied  knowledge 
implies  some  contribution  to  the  solution  of  some 
social  problem,  and  we  cannot  eliminate  the 
social  problem  of  labour  when  speaking  of  the 
aetiology  of  industrial  over- work." 

The  statistics  of  the  accidents  connected  with 
labour,  which  shed  such  a  vivid  light  on  the 
phenomena  of  the  fatigue  of  workmen,  have 
been  studied  by  Imbert  and  Mestre.1  In  fact, 
work  engenders  fatigue,  and  that  is  chiefly 
produced  by  modifications  which  supervene 
in  the  manner  in  which  the  motor  at  work  acts, 
and  which  consists  in  a  slackening  and  diminution 

1  See  :  Imbert,  Les  accidents  de  travail  et  les  compagnies 
d' Assurances  (Revue  scientifique,  4  Juin,  1904).  Imbert  and 
Mcstre,  Statistiques  d' accidents  du  travail.  Ibid.,  24  Septembre, 
1904). 


40  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

in  the  intensity  of  the  muscular  contraction. 
The  workman  is  all  the  less  fit  to  perform  the 
necessary  defensive  movements  when  an  accident 
occurs,  and  to  perform  them  with  the  required 
rapidity,  in  that  he  is  admittedly  weary. 

It  follows  that  the  number  of  accidents  should 
be  greater  when  the  workers  are  more  tired, 
and  the  distribution  of  these  accidents  according 
to  the  time  of  day  at  which  they  occur  should 
furnish  a  means  of  estimating  the  degree  of  fatigue 
felt  by  the  workers  who  have  been  the  victims  of  it. 

Starting  from  this  premise,  the  authors  con- 
structed a  curve  based  on  official  information 
gathered  from  one  district  in  Herault,  which 
numbers  56,458  workmen  of  various  trades, 
subject  to  the  la\v  of  accidents  of  labour,  amongst 
whom  there  had  been  2,065  acknowledged  victims 
in  1903.  In  the  next  place,  another  curve  was 
prepared,  and  that  included,  distributed  according 
to  the  hours  at  which  they  occurred,  the  660 
accidents  which  had  taken  place  in  the  industries 
officially  known  as  Management  and  Transport 
(MamUention  et  Transport}  which  employ  6,695 
workers.  The  results  may  be  grouped  as  follows  : 

(1)  The  number  of  accidents  increases  progres- 
sively, from  hour  to  hour  during  the  first  half-day  ; 

(2)  After  the  fairly  long  mid-day  rest,  in  the  early 
hours   of   the   second   half-day,   the   number   of 


THE   HUMAN    MOTOR  41 

accidents  is  notably  less  than  during  the  last 
hour  of  the  morning  ;  (3)  In  the  course  of  the 
second  half  of  the  day  accidents  again  become 
progressively  more  frequent  from  hour  to  hour  ; 
(4)  The  number  of  accidents  per  hour  towards 
the  end  of  the  second  half-day  is  notably 
higher  than  the  corresponding  maximum  of  the 
morning. 

We  could  not  wish  for  stronger  confirmation 
of  the  Author's  point  of  view,  and  the  degree  of 
certainty  is  still  further  increased  when  we  com- 
pare the  two  curves  with  one  another  and  with  the 
curves  of  each  trade  which  shew  an  identical 
progression.  Curves  of  this  nature  are  nothing 
new  ;  they  are  exactly  like  those  that  are  ob- 
tained, for  instance,  when  measuring  intellectual 
fatigue  by  means  of  the  esthesiometric  method. 
And  this  is  one  more  argument  to  oppose  to  those 
who  try  to  see  in  Imbert  and  Mestre's  curves  the 
influence  of  chance  or  unknown  cause  other  than 
fatigue. 

The  authors  also  produce  the  results  of  other 
statistics  which,  without  exception,  confirm 
the  same  facts. 

In  basing  arguments  upon  the  number  of 
accidents,  it  is  permissible  to  estimate  the  average 
danger  incurred  in  a  given  trade.  The  most 
dangerous  trades  are  those  comprised  under  the 


42  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

heading :  Chemical  Industries ;  next  comes 
Management  and  Transport. 

We  owe  some  other  experimental  writings  on 
the  measurement  of  industrial  fatigue  to  Imbert., 
in  collaboration  with  Mestre,1  inspector  of  labour 
in  Herault,  who  has  instituted  researches  relating 
to  the  transport  of  loads  by  means  of  a  truck, 
a  wheelbarrow  with  two  low  wheels  in  common 
industrial  use. 

One  of  the  handles  of  this  truck  is  made  in  two 
pieces,  the  portion  grasped  by  the  workman  being 
joined  to  the  other  portion  by  means  of  two 
plates,  one  on  either  side  of  the  handle,  the 
attachment  of  the  plates  to  the  portion  grasped 
by  the  workman  being  made  with  a  single  bolt 
so  as  to  allow  this  portion  to  have  a  partial  rotary 
movement  in  the  vertical  plane  of  the  handle. 
On  the  under  sides  of  the  two  portions  of  the  handle 
are  fixed  two  angle  plates,  interposed  between, 
and  fixed  to  which  is  an  elliptical  spring,  whilst 
on  the  top  sides  of  the  two  portions  are  fixed  a 
second  pair  of  similar  angle  plates,  to  one  of  which 
a  Marey's  tambour  is  attached,  whilst  to  the  other 
a  rod  is  fixed  which  operates  the  diaphragm  of  the 
tambour  by  means  of  a  link  connection.  By 
connecting  the  tambour  to  a  receiving  tambour 

1  Imbert  and  Mestre,  Reckerches  sur  la  war. centre  du 
Cabrouet  et  la  fatigue  qui  en  resulte.  Bulletin  de  1'inspection 
du  travail,  1905,  No.  5. 


THE    HUMAN    MOTOR  43 

operating  a  stylus  arranged  to  inscribe  a  record 
on  a  drum,  it  is  obvious  that  the  efforts  made 
by  the  workman  in  a  direction  perpendicular 
to  the  handles  (that  is  the  effort  necessary  to 
support  the  load),  can  be  registered.  If  the 
other  handle  of  the  truck  is  made  cylindrical 
and  the  portion  grasped  by  the  workman  is 
surrounded  by  a  sleeve,  the  lower  end  of  which 
is  attached  to  a  pair  of  angle  irons  similar  to  those 
employed  on  the  other  handle,  and  located  on  the 
upper  and  under  sides  of  it,  the  same  arrangement 
of  elliptical  spring,  tambour  and  rod  being  used 
as  before,  the  efforts  of  the  workman  in  the 
operation  of  pushing  or  pulling  the  truck  can  be 
registered.  In  addition  to  the  methods  just 
described,  which  were  used  to  obtain  a  record  of 
the  energy  expended  in  supporting  and  transport- 
ing loads  by  means  of  the  truck  (railway  platform 
truck),  the  energy  required  to  load  and  unload  the 
truck  was  also  registered  by  a  modification  of 
the  same  device.  This  modification  consisted 
of  an  elliptical  spring,  atached  to  a  hook  and 
provided  with  a  handle,  one  side  of  the  spring 
carrying  the  transmitting  tambour  and  the  other 
side  the  rod  for  operating  the  tambour  diaphragm. 
The  workman  grasped  this  device  by  the  handle 
and  seized  the  load  by  means  of  the  hook,  his 
effort  in  lifting  or  dragging  the  load  on  to  or  off 


44  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

the  truck  was  thus  recorded  on  a  revolving  drum. 
Finally,  one  of  Marey's  boots  was  used  to  enable 
a  record  to  be  taken  of  the  effort  made  by  the 
workman  on  the  axle  of  the  truck  wheels  to  check 
the  recoil  during  loading  of  the  truck. 

All  the  efforts  put  forth  by  the  workman 
during  his  work,  both  as  to  duration  and  intensity, 
could  thus  be  registered.  Of  the  various  move- 
ments necessitated  by  the  loading,  transport, 
and  the  unloading,  the  most  painful  and  the 
most  tiring,  because  of  its  repetition,  is  that 
of  loading.  In  order  to  place  in  the  barrow  a 
sack  weighing  60  kilogrammes,  the  workman  has 
to  exert  an  effort  of  about  30  kilogrammes.  Hence, 
a  youth  of  about  16  or  17  years  of  age  (these 
investigations  especially  have  the  labour  of 
young  workmen  in  view),  can  scarcely  ever, 
under  the  mechanical  conditions  under  which 
the  load  is  handled,  develop  more  than  a  maximum 
effort  of  40  kilogrammes,  it  is,  therefore,  an  effort 
equal  to  three  quarters  of  the  maximum  which 
the  young  workman  has  to  put  out  at  each 
movement  of  loading.  This  movement  being 
repeated  sixty  times  an  hour,  for  the  transport 
of  one  sack  to  a  distance  of  48  metres,  the  young 
workman  has  thus,  during  the  legal  working  day 
of  ten  hours,  to  put  out  with  his  upper  limbs  a 
total  effort  of  more  than  18,000  kilogrammes. 


THE    HUMAN    MOTOR  45 

As  to  the  actual  transport,  it  is  not  very 
tiring  on  a  firm  soil,  for  a  strength  of  from  3-4 
kilogrammes  suffices  for  the  wheeling  of  a  barrow 
loaded  with  a  sack  weighing  60  kilogrammes. 
On  the  other  hand,  one  must  seriously  consider 
the  total  distance  covered,  which  at  the  time 
these  observations  were  made  amounted  to 
about  30  kilometres  for  the  ten  hours'  work. 

Finally,  if,  after  having  made  a  young  workman 
labour  for  an  hour,  you  give  him  two  hours  complete 
rest,  the  ergographic  tracings  then  taken  will 
still  betray  sufficiently  marked  signs  of  weariness. 

The  stature  of  the  workman  is  an  important 
factor  with  regard  to  the  fatigue  due  to  working 
with  a  barrow.  The  shortest  are  at  the  greatest 
disadvantage. 

Such  objective  results,  say  Imbert  and  Mestre, 
might  be  usefully  taken  into  consideration  for  the 
regulation  of  women's  and  children's  barrow-work, 
and,  if  a  strike  were  to  break  out  in  connection 
with  such  labour,  we  should  find,  in  the  literature 
of  the  subject,  some  new  points  by  which  to  judge 
the  fairness  of  the  worker's  claims  and  for  the 
equitable  solution  of  the  dispute.  The  principle 
of  registration  is  besides  of  very  general  appli- 
cation ;  all  industrial  machinery  can  be  provided 
with  a  similar  register  allowing  of  the  registration 
of  muscular  effort. 


46  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

Professor  R.  Lepine,1  of  Lyons,  after  mentioning 
Imbert's  writings,  adds,  "  Once  more,  such 
investigations  are  still  only  in  their  infancy, 
but  one  can  easily  guess  their  destiny  ;  and  in 
any  case,  one  must  admire  those  who  have  attemp- 
ted them,  for  having  shewn  that,  side  by  side 
with  the  great  questions  which  have  until  now- 
taken  the  lead  in  social  medicine,  such  as  tuber- 
culosis, alcoholism,  insanity  and  tenements, 
there  are  others,  more  important  in  the  future, 
since  their  solution  depends  largely  on  the  or- 
ganisation of  labour." 

Imbert  2  has  also  made  a  study  of  another 
kind  of  labour  which  consists  in  spreading  out 
the  long  branches  of  American  vines  in  slips 
of  a  predetermined  length  and  breadth.  This 
work  only  occupies  a  minimum  number  of  people. 
At  Montpellier,  for  instance,  the  staff  employed 
never  exceeds  one  hundred,  and  is  almost  entirely 
made  up  of  women  and  girls.  After  having 
made  an  estimate  of  this  work  in  mechanical 
units,  it  was  possible  for  the  present  writer  to  fix, 
numerically,  the  amount  of  work  exacted  from 
each  worker  in  return  for  each  centime  of  her 
wages.  He  has  thus  introduced  a  new  element 

1  R.   Lepine,    L' evolution  de  la  Medecine  a  la  fin  du  XIX 
siecle  (Revue  du  Mois,  No.  12,  1906). 

2  Imbert,  Elude  experimentale  du  travail  prof essior.nel  ouvrier 
(  Revue   d' economic  politique,    1909). 


THE    HUMAN    MOTOR  47 

into  the  problem  of  the  general  relation  which 
may  exist  between  the  wage  paid  and  the 
labour  supplied. 

This  work,  which  lasts  only  for  four  or  five 
months  in  the  year,  from  November  to  March,  is 
carried  on  either  in  huge  sheds  or  in  the  open  air  ; 
it  begins  at  7  a.m.,  and  ends  at  about  5  p.m., 
generally  with  two  intervals  of  rest,  one  at  8  a.m. 
for  breakfast,  the  other  at  noon  for  the  chief 
meal  of  the  day.  As  this  work  is  paid  by  contract 
and  the  task  of  each  woman  is  absolutely  inde- 
pendent of  that  of  her  companions,  each  one  is 
absolutely  free  to  regulate  her  hours  of  rest 
according  to  her  own  wishes,  or  even  to  add  to 
them. 

The  effects  of  the  cutting  wrere  registered  by 
means  of  graphic  inscription.  Thanks  to  the 
employment  of  Marey's  drum,  some  of  the  tracings 
of  muscular  effort  could  be  registered.  These 
tracings  were  calibrated  in  kilogramme-metres. 
For  each  centime  of  wage  the  woman  had  to 
supply  686  kilogramme-metres  of  labour.  The 
payment  for  1,000  slips  was  65  centimes.  The 
women,  questioned  as  to  the  feelings  of  fatigue 
experienced  by  them,  complained  of  pain  in  the 
line  of  the  right  shoulder  when  arranging  their 
hair  in  the  morning.  The  statements,  emanating 
as  they  did  from  working  women  well  accustomed 


48  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

to  work,  were  evidence  that  the  muscles  used 
during  their  work  were  daily  submitted  to  a 
certain  amount  of  over-strain,  since  the  night's 
rest  was  not  sufficient  for  their  restoration  to  a 
perfectly  normal  condition  by  the  following 
morning. 

With  regard  to  the  localisation  of  the  pains 
complained  of,  this  is  explained  by  the  fact  that 
for  the  rather  thick  slips  the  sections  could  not 
be  cut  by  the  sole  action  of  the  flexors  of  the 
fingers  which  surround  the  pruning-shears  and 
thus  render  the  hand  immovable  ;  the  fore-arm 
is  in  a  certain  degree  of  flexion  with  regard  to 
the  arm,  and  hence  the  cutting  is  achieved  by  the 
action  of  the  extensor  muscles  of  the  fore-arm, 
with  the  fixing  of  the  arm  due  to  the  action  of 
the  muscles  of  the  shoulder.  It  may  be  noticed 
that  the  over-work  of  which  the  women  complained 
is  explained,  not  by  a  muscular  phenomenon, 
properly  so-called,  as  the  women  did  not  complain 
of  any  diminution  in  their  power  of  working, 
but  by  a  phenomenon  of  a  nervous  order.  This 
proof  shews  plainly  the  importance  of  the  element 
of  pain  in  the  complex  phenomenon  of  fatigue. 

The  author  also  verifies  the  superiority  of  some 
workwomen  over  others.  Even  in  an  industry 
which  would  seem  to  belong  to  those  essentially 
mechanical,  the  ability  of  the  worker,  and  there- 


THE    HUMAN    MOTOR  49 

fore  his  wage,  may  depend  far  more  on  his  mental 
than  on  his  physical  qualities.  Now,  all  the 
details  by  which  the  technique  of  a  clever  work- 
woman may  be  distinguished  from  that  of  a 
mediocre  one,  are  translated  in  practice  into  an 
economy  of  time  in  the  performance  of  the  various 
actions  which  go  to  the  preparation  of  the  slips.1 
And  a  not  less  interesting  thing  is  that  the  mediocre 
workwoman,  who  has  the  same  incentive  as  her 
more  skilled  companion  to  increase  her  wage, 
was  incapable  of  recognising  and  then  of  imitating 
those  technical  details,  some  of  which  are  more- 
over very  easy  to  discover. 

In  other  experiments  the  same  writer2  studied 
the  work  of  a  filer,  and  determined  the  charac- 
teristics of  a  good  and  a  bad  filer. 

We  will  quote  another  experiment  made  by 
Imbert  3  on  transport  by  means  of  the  common 
wheelbarrow — a  vehicle  possessing  one  wheel  only. 
As  the  load  is  generally  a  low  one,  the  effort  to 
support  it  is  greater  than  is  the  case  with  the  two- 
wheeled  barrow,  and  the  fatigue  is  more  pronounced. 
It  is  in  discharging  a  load  of  21  kilogrammes  that 

1  Imbert,  Exemples  d'etude  physiologiques  directe  du  travail 
professional  ouvrier  (Revue  d' Hygiene  et  de  Police  samitaire, 
Aout,   1909). 

2  A.  Imbert,  Les  Methodes  de  laboratoire  appliqnees  a  I'etude 
directe   et   pratique  des  questions  ouvriers.     Revue  general  dt  s 
sciences,  30  Juin,   1911. 

3  A.    Imbert,    Bulletin    de    I' Inspection    du    travail, 
Xo~.    i  and  2. 


50  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

the  wheelbarrow  has  advantages  over  the  two- 
wheeled  variety.  A  load  of  21  kilogrammes, 
directly  borne,  is  the  economic  limit  of  a  work- 
man's carrying  power.  Pushing  a  one-wheeled 
barrow  is  more  tiring  than  pushing  one  with  two 
wheels.  It  causes  a  more  accentuated  action  of 
the  respiratory  and  of  the  circulatory  organs  and 
produces  muscular  pain,  chiefly  in  the  arms,  of 
a  more  lasting  nature  than  that  brought  on  by 
wheeling  a  two-wheeled  barrow. 

These  enquiries  most  certainly  constitute  a  new 
and  most  interesting  chapter  in  social  medicine. 
The  Political  Economy  Section  of  the  French 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  the  Sciences 
(session  of  1908  held  at  Clermont-Ferrand), 
as  well  as  the  IX  Congress  held  at  Paris  in  1900, 
by  the  Working  Men's  Association  for  Hygiene 
and  the  Safety  of  Workers,  and  the  nth  Inter- 
national Congress  for  Industrial  Accidents  (Rome, 
1909),  have  each,  as  a  result  of  the  outcome  of 
enquiries  on  the  subject,  expressed  a  wish  that  an 
immediate  experimental  study  of  industrial 
labour  should  be  encouraged  and  spread. 

Imbert l  expressed  a  wish  to  see  workmen  take 
part  in  Scientific  Congresses  where  questions 
relating  to  their  work,  their  food,  and  the  acci- 

1  A.  Imbert,  Role  des  ouvriers  dans  certains  congres  scienii- 
fiques  (La  Grande  Revue,    10  April,    1909). 


THE   HUMAN    MOTOR  51 

dents  to  which  labour  was  liable,  were  discussed. 
They  could  thus  provide  a  quantity  of  most 
useful  information. 

J.  M.  Lahy  l  made  some  experiments  among 
gem-engravers,  with  a  view  to  discovering  signs  of 
technical  superiority,  and  amongst  industries 
demanding  well  directed  rapid  action,  and  volun- 
tary attention — short  and  intense  (electricians 
for  example).  He  studied  the  times  of  nervous 
reaction,  and  discovered  amongst  these  men, 
a  constant  opposition  between  the  times  of  their 
visual,  and  their  auditory,  reactions.  The  first- 
class  worker  shows  more  rapid  visual  and  slower 
auditory  reactions  than  the  less  skilled  operator. 
Ch.  Richet  and  Laugier  2  have  furnished  interesting 
studies  on  the  same  subject. 

We  cannot  pass  over  in  silence  Lahy's  valuable 
investigations  on  the  psycho-physiology  of  the 
gunner,  nor  those  of  de  Marchoux,  Camus,  and 
Nepper  on  the  aviation  candidates,  as  well  as 
those  undertaken  by  Pierre  Menard  on  the 

1  J.  M.  Lahy,  L' Adaptation  organique  dans  les  etats  d' attention 
volontaires  et  brefs.     C.R.  de  I' A  cad.  des  Sciences,  May,  1913  ; 
Les  signes  physiques  de  la  superorite  professionnelle  chez  les 
dactylographes.      Ibid,  2  June,  1913  ;    Etude  exper  de  I'adapta- 
tion    psycho-physiologiques    aux     actes    volontaires    brefs     et 
intenses.     Journal   de    Psychologic,    1913,    pp.    220-236.     Les 
Conditions    psycho-physiologiques     de     I'aptitude     au     travail 
dactylographique.     Journal  de  Physiologie,  5  July,  1913. 

2  Ch.   Richet  and  H.  Laugier,  C.R.  de  la  Soc.  de  Biologic. 
19  April,  1913. 


52  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

arterial  pressure  of  soldiers  in  the  trenches.  All 
these  researches  demonstrate  variations  in  human 
reactions,  a  difference  in  aptitudes,  whence  comes 
the  necessity  for  selection  in  order  to  obtain  the 
best  return. 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  53 


II 


THE     PRINCIPLES     OF    SCIENTIFIC 
MANAGEMENT. 

i. — TAYLOR'S    STUDIES    ON    THE    ORGANIZATION 
OF    LABOUR. 

It  is  still  only  a  short  time  ago  that  the  question 
of  the  organization  of  labour  from  the  scientific 
point  of  view  was  first  promulgated.  The  essays 
cited  above  had  succeeded  only  in  raising  the 
question,  without  in  any  way  solving  it.  The 
problem  may  be  very  clearly  summed  up  in  a  few 
words, — find  the  conditions  of  work  which  will 
permit  of  the  workman  producing  the  maximum 
effective  result  with  a  minimum  production  of 
fatigue.  And  we  can  partially  foresee  the 
possibility  of  solving  the  problem  ;  thanks  to 
the  scientific  methods  already  in  force  in  the  vast 
domain  of  the  science  of  labour.  Thus,  when  the 
echoes  of  the  brilliant  success  of  Taylor's  methods, 
which  had  rapidly  attained  celebrity  in  America, 
reached  Europe,  it  gave  rise  to  some  anxiety. 

The  workmen  who  follow  these  methods 
rapidly,  become  twice,  three  times,  even  four 


54  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

times  as  productive  as  they  originally  were. 
Let  us  take  some  examples.  At  the  Bethlehem 
Steel  Company  each  man  was  able  to  load,  daily, 
metal  moulds,  the  total  weight  of  which  amounted 
to  12 J  tons.  Taylor  succeeded  in  raising  this 
number  to  47  tons.  The  work  consists  in  laying 
hold  of  a  metal  mould  42  kilogrammes  in  weight, 
and  of  setting  it  down  a  few  paces  further  off. 
This  is  how  Taylor  set  about  increasing  the  output. 
He  had  first  of  all  made  some  preliminary  experi- 
ments on  the  speed  and  duration  of  human 
labour. 

Having  then  found  two  very  strong  and  good 
workmen,  he  gave  them  double  wages  during 
the  whole  time  of  his  experiments,  whilst  re- 
quiring from  them  their  maximum  effort  and  ready 
service  under  strict  discipline.  These  men  were 
called  upon  to  perform  the  most  diverse  tasks. 
The  times  required  for  each  of  their  movements 
was  chronographed  by  means  of  a  time  counter. 
Thus,  it  was  proved  that  man  can,  under  these 
conditions,  daily  perform  a  task  varying  from 
34,000  to  140,000  kilogramme-metres,  thus 
demonstrating  that  there  is  no  hard  and  fast 
relation  between  labour,  of  whatever  kind,  and 
fatigue,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  that  it  was  ne- 
cessary to  select  the  workmen.  It  recognised  the 
necessity  of  eliminating  all  slow  and  useless 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  55 

movements  and  of  grouping  the  most  rapid  and 
effective  movements. 

To  return  to  the  example  quoted,  Taylor, 
in  collaboration  with  Barth,  established  the  fact 
that  a  man  should  only  be  required  to  load 
during  a  strictly  defined  time — say  43%  of  the 
day,  and  the  57%  remainder  of  the  day  he  should 
have  his  hands  empty.  But  he  might  be  worked 
58%  of  the  day  if  he  were  called  upon  to  fill  half 
moulds  of  22  kilogrammes.  And  finally,  there 
exists  a  loading  limit  which  he  could  sustain 
throughout  the  day  without  fatigue.  It  is  thus, 
that,  in  superintending  the  duration  of  move- 
ments, and  in  eliminating  those  that  were  useless, 
Taylor  succeeded  in  loading  47  tons  of  metal 
moulds  instead  of  I2j  tons  per  man,  per  day. 
This  work  is  equivalent  to  the  loading  of  1,156 
moulds  of  about  41  kilogrammes  each,  during  252 
minutes  ;  thus  giving  a  period  of  13 '07  seconds 
per  mould. 

There  is,  in  these  experiments,  a  confirmation 
of  the  information  collected  by  Coulomb,  Chau- 
veau,  Mosso,  and  Imbert  regarding  the  evalua- 
tion of  output,  and  on  the  economic  methods  of 
the  work  of  the  human  motor.  It  would  appear 
that  most  of  these  writings  were  unknown  to  the 
American  engineer,  and  that  he  was  solely 
inspired  by  Coulomb's  system.  He  also  had 


56  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

occasion  to  testify  to  the  enormous  amount  of 
fatigue  produced  by  static  labour,  often  unpro- 
ductive, for  which  he  had  no  use,  and  which  he 
tried  to  eliminate. 

A  second  example  may  be  taken  from  brick- 
laying. According  to  Gilbreth,  who  collaborated 
with  Taylor,  for  handling  piles  of  bricks,  a  load 
must  not  exceed  40  kilogrammes  for  a  strong  man 
(first-class)  ;  27-31  kilogrammes  for  a  second- 
class  man.  The  bricks  and  the  mortar  are  placed 
by  an  assistant  within  reach  of  the  brick-layer's 
hand  ;  the  latter  should  confine  himself  abso- 
lutely to  placing  them  ;  the  top  of  the  brick 
being  on  a  level  with  the  hand,  the  movement 
takes  place,  following  the  action  of  the  weight, 
without  contraction.  The  pile  of  bricks  should 
be  at  the  required  height  so  that  the  layer  need 
not  stoop  to  pick  them  up  or  to  work ;  his 
assistant  should  carry  the  bricks  on  a  two-wheeled 
barrow,  which  would  allow  of  the  transport  of 
216  bricks  instead  of  only  60  (a  one- wheeled  barrow) 
etc.  By  this  method,  three  times  as  much  work 
is  accomplished. 

The  example  in  the  office  of  Industrial  Engineer- 
ing l  is  not  less  significant.  The  employees 
folded,  sealed,  and  dispatched  20,000  letters  per 

1  Quoted  by  Amar,  Le  Moteur  Httmain,  Paris  1914,  p.  582 
(English  Translation,  G.  Routledge  &  Sons,  Ltd.). 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  57 

day.  The  effect  of  working  according  to  scientific 
rules  produced  the  result  that  the  work  was 
accomplished  four  times  as  quickly  as  before. 
One  of  the  girls  succeeded  in  stamping  from  100 
to  120  envelopes  per  minute.  She  piled  up  the 
letters  so  as  to  shew  the  addresses  ;  the  stamps 
were  divided  into  strips,  so  as  to  follow  one  another 
horizontally — not  vertically.  She  fixed  a  small 
damp  sponge  to  the  first  finger  of  her  right  hand, 
and,  taking  a  strip  of  stamps  in  the  same  hand, 
damped  them  whilst  removing  them  with  the 
thumb  and  stuck  them  on  the  addressed  envelopes, 
the  thumb  managing  to  wet  the  stamps  and  to 
separate  them  from  the  strip  ;  and  the  letters 
being  allowed  to  fall,  by  their  weight,  into  a 
conveniently  placed  basket. 

Taylor's  work  l  was  made  known  in  France  by 
M.  Henri  Le  Chatelier,  Inspector  General  of  Mines, 
Professor  at  the  Sorbonne,  and  at  the  Ecole 
Superieure  des  Mines,  who  caused  his  book  on  the 
principles  of  scientific  management  to  be  trans- 
lated into  French,  and  himself  wrote  the  preface 
to  it.  He  also  wrote  a  preface  to  Jules  Amar's 
book,  already  quoted,  which  devotes  a  large  space 
to  the  methods  of  American  engineers.  Tech- 
nical phenomena  which  appear  quite  simple  are, 
M.  Le  Chatelier  says,  extremely  complex  ;  thus, 

1  Taylor,  F.  W.,  Scientific  Management,  Harper  and  Brothers. 


58  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

the  working  of  metals  on  a  lathe,  of  which  Taylor 
made  a  special  study,  depends  upon  at  least 
twelve  independent  variables.  Of  these  variables 
the  human  factor  is  by  far  the  most  important. 
It  is  upon  this  special  point,  hitherto  hardly 
taken  into  consideration,  that  Taylor  has  con- 
centrated his  chief  attention.  We  must  first 
get  rid  of  a  very  widespread  prejudice.  People 
say  that  good  workmen  themselves  know  how  to 
use  their  strength  to  the  best  advantage.  This 
is  a  mistake,  as  Taylor  has  proved  by  the  example 
of  the  transport  of  loads.  In  that  labour,  fatigue 
is  the  result  of  five  variables,  and  it  is  impossible 
for  the  workman  to  discover  the  relative  values 
of  each  of  these  variables  by  his  sensations.  In 
studying  this  problem,  Taylor  has  succeeded  in 
tripling  the  weight  daily  transported  by  the 
workman  without  adding  to  his  fatigue. 

A  series  of  articles  was  recently  devoted  by  the 
Revue  de  Metallurgie  to  the  works  of  Frederic 
W.  Taylor.  The  first  of  these  articles  signed  by 
M.  H.  Le  Chatelier  *•  is  written  for  the  purpose  of 
bringing  the  scientific  character  of  the  system 
into  notice. 

The  name  of  F.  W.  Taylor,  says  Le  Chatelier, 
will  be  famous  in  the  history  of  industrial  progress 
by  three  great  discoveries  :  (i)  The  rapid  cutting 

1  Le  Chatelier,  Frederic  Winslow  Taylor  (1856-1915). 
Revue  de  Metallurgie,  April  1915,  pp.  185-232. 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  59 

of  steel ;  (2)  Regulations  for  the  working  of 
metals ;  (3)  The  principles  for  the  scientific 
organisation  of  factories. 

It  is  with  this  third  discovery  that  we  are  going 
to  deal  here,  and  to  analyse  Le  Chatelier's  article. 
The  essential  principle  of  Taylor's  system  is  the 
systematic  application  of  the  scientific  method 
in  the  study  of  industrial  phenomena.  He  begins 
with  an  exhaustive  enumeration  of  all  the  factors 
upon  which  each  phenomenon  depends,  of  each 
operation  to  be  studied,  then,  after  having  recog- 
nised all  the  factors  at  stake,  he  decides,  by  experi- 
ments and  observations  as  precisely  as  possible, 
the  numerical  relations  existing  between  the 
different  facts  brought  forward.  Taylor  was 
thus  brought  to  the  establishment  of  a  certain 
number  of  rules  collectively  known  under  the  name 
of  Taylor's  system. 

One  of  the  essential  items  in  the  cost  price  of  an 
article  is  the  daily  output  of  the  worker.  This 
output  depends  upon  two  very  important  things  : 
the  determination  of  the  worker  to  produce 
as  much  as  he  can  and  his  productive  capacity. 
The  workman  frequently  purposely  limits  his 
output  because  he  is  afraid  of  having  his  wages 
reduced  by  his  master,  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
he  realises  that  his  master,  more  often  than  not, 
does  not  know  how  much  work  he  can  normally 


60  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

accomplish.  The  remedy  for  these  two  motives 
for  idleness  is  to  establish  by  exact  measurements 
the  workman's  normal  output,  and  to  exact  a 
definite  task  from  him.  One  of  the  essential 
points  in  the  system  is  the  creation  of  a  special 
department  for  the  fixing  of  the  normal  task. 
Moreover,  premiums  may  be  allotted  for  the 
accomplishment  of  the  normal  task.  Amongst 
the  premium  systems,  is  the  bonus  system,  invented 
by  Gantt.  The  workman's  wages  are  divided  into 
two  quite  distinct  parts  :  a  daily  wage,  which 
the  workman  is  sure  to  receive  in  any  case,  and 
whatever  his  daily  output  may  be.  In  addition 
he  receives  a  fixed  premium,  called  "  bonus," 
when  he  accomplishes,  in  the  day,  the  total  amount 
of  the  task  which  has  been  pointed  out  to  him  as 
normal.  The  foremen,  on  their  side,  receive  a 
premium  for  each  workman  working  under  their 
orders,  who  earns  his  premium. 

The  capacity  of  a  workman's  production  depends 
on  many  circumstances,  and  particularly  on  the 
nature  of  the  materials  placed  at  his  disposal. 
Hence  the  necessity  for  having  an  office  for  the 
especial  study  of  the  best  methods  of  working. 
These  methods  should  be  known  to  the  men. 
Therefore,  it  is  also  necessary  to  have  another 
office  for  the  training  of  overseers  capable  of 
guaranteeing  this  desideratum. 


SCIENTIFIC  MANACxEMENT  61 

F.  W.  Taylor  (born  in  1856,  died  in  1915),  was 
descended  from  a  Philadelphia  family  ;  he  was, 
by  turns,  apprentice,  labourer,  master  mechanic, 
then  director  of  a  training  college,  and  finally, 
in  1884,  Chief  Engineer  of  the  Mid  vale  factories. 
He  took  his  diploma  at  the  Stevens  Institute  of 
Technology.  In  1890,  he  left  the  Midvale 
steelworks  to  become  General  Director  of  the 
Manufacturing  Investment  Company  which 
manufactured  mills  for  the  great  chemical  in- 
dustries. He  left  this  Company  in  1893,  and  de- 
dicated the  whole  of  his  time  to  the  introduction  of 
his  system  of  organisation  into  various  industries. 
F.  W.  Taylor,  says  M.  Le  Ch atelier,  was  not 
only  a  genius,  but  he  was  a  man  of  a  noble  nature, 
faithful  to  his  friends,  devoted  to  the  public  good, 
and  in  great  sympathy  with  the  aspirations  of 
the  working  classes.  Since  Taylor's  death,  an 
International  Committee  has  been  formed  for 
continuing  the  struggle  on  behalf  of  the  American 
engineer's  ideas.  The  active  members  of  the 
committee  are  :  Mr.  Carl  Barth,  consulting 
engineer  ;  Mr.  Norris  Cooke,  director  of  public 
works  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia  ;  Mr.  Dodge, 
president  of  the  Link  Belt  Co.  of  Philadelphia, 
whose  factories  are  entirely  reorganised  on 
Taylor's  plans  ;  Mr.  Hathaway,  director  of  the 
Tabor  Manufacturing  Co.,  Philadelphia  ;  one  of 


62  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

the  first  factories  to  adopt  Taylor's  methods, 
and  where  those  engineers,  who  go  to  the  United 
States  to  study  Taylor's  system,  are  sent.  The 
secretary  of  the  committee  is  Miss  Frances 
Mitchell,  Boxly,  Highland  Station,  Chestnut  Hill, 
Philadelphia,  U.S. 

Let  us  now  examine  Taylor's  system  closely, 
basing  our  enquiries  on  those  of  M.  Le  Ch atelier- 
The  complete  enumeration  of  all  the  determining 
conditions  of  no  matter  what  phenomenon,  is, 
in  Taylor's  opinion,  of  capital  importance.  One 
does  not  a  priori  take  account  of  the  fact,  he  says, 
that  all  the  work  of  the  engineer  is  rendered 
useless  if  the  smallest  doubt  exists  as  to  one  of  these 
conditions.  Now,  workmen  do  not  take  systematic 
note  of  the  determining  conditions  of  their 
operations. 

Besides,  one  must  know  how  to  measure 
the  dimensions  of  the  phenomenon  under  observa- 
tion, as,  for  example,  the  distinctive  mechanical 
qualities  of  a  certain  steel,  the  expenditure  of 
energy  in  the  rolling,  etc. 

It  is  thus  that  Taylor  succeeds  in  establishing 
the  most  economical  conditions  in  labour.  One  of 
the  experimental  methods  systematically  employed 
by  Taylor  is  that  of  Chronography.  Time  is 
one  of  the  essential  elements  in  the  cost  price  of 
all  individual  effort ;  it  must  therefore,  be  measured 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  63 

like  the  other  factors.  This  operation  occupies  a 
'  prominent  place  in  the  system,  more  important 
than  those  of  other  elements  by  reason  of  the 
double  part  it  plays  :  first  of  all,  it  helps  in  the 
study  of  experiments  ;  and  it  is  also  the  necessary 
foundation  of  the  system  for  the  payment  of 
the  workman. 

One  form  of  Chronography  is  the  application  of 
cinematography  to  the  analysis  of  very  rapid 
movements,  which  would  escape  observations 
made  by  the  naked  eye.  One  of  Taylor's  disciples, 
Mr.  Gilbreth,  has  gone  back  to  Marey's  chrono- 
photographic  process,  placing  on  the  worker's 
hand,  whilst  he  works,  a  small  incandescent 
lamp  so  as  to  show  his  movements  by  a  shaft  of 
light .  This  method  goes  by  the  name  of  cyclegraph . 

M.  Le  Chatelier  says,  quite  rightly,  that,  in 
spite  of  all  these  efforts,  these  attempts  all  still^ 
show  a  most  important  gap, — the  fatigue  of  the 
worker  is  not  measured.  We  are  referred  back 
to  his  declarations.  Physiologists  will,  before 
long,  be  able  to  give  us  experimental  methods, 
on  this  point,  suited  to  industrial  research. 

Not  satisfied  with  the  results  of  these  experi- 
ments, Taylor  took  a  lot  of  trouble  to  translate 
them  by  means  of  algebraic  formula. 

The  difference,  therefore,  between  Taylor's 
method  and  that  of  other  engineers  is  as  follows  : 


64  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

let  us  take  a  particular  example,  that  of  leather 
belts.  According  to  M.  Le  Chatelier,  before 
Taylor's  time,  a  lot  of  experiments  had  already 
been  made  with  leather  belts — chiefly  with  regard 
to  measuring  their  tenacity.  But  tenacity  is  not 
the  only  quality  needed  for  the  good  working  of 
leather  belts.  It  is  only  after  having  tabulated 
the  speeds  of  these  belts,  the  frequency  of  greasing, 
their  gradual  elongation  during  use,  the  number 
of  times  they  fall,  and  the  length  of  the  stoppages 
thus  caused  in  the  work  of  the  shops,  that 
Taylor  was  able  to  give  the  scientific  solution  of 
the  problem,  that  is  to  say,  to  define  the  conditions 
under  which  the  maximum  service  is  obtained 
with  the  minimum  expenditure. 

Amongst  the  factors  of  productivity,  work- 
manship is  certainly  the  most  important. 

The  capricious  behaviour  of  human  motive- 
power  would  seem  to  place  this  element  outside 
all  law,  and  enable  it  to  escape  the  control  of 
science,  says  Le  Chatelier.  Taylor  has  demon- 
strated that  the  laws  discovered  by  experiments 
of  this  nature,  and  which  correspond  to  the  very 
complex  organisation  of  the  human  being  are 
subject  to  a  larger  number  of  exceptions  than  the 
laws  relating  to  material  things.  That,  however, 
laws  of  that  kind  do  exist,  which  apply  to  the 
great  majority  of  people,  and  which,  clearly 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  65 

defined,  are  a  great  help  in  guiding  them,  we 
give  the  following  example.  Wishing  to  know 
the  best  plan  to  adopt  in  reprimanding  a  workman, 
Taylor  said,  that  the  preference  should  be  given  to 
a  fine,  without  any  reproach,  the  importance  of 
the  fine  being  in  proportion  to  the  gravity  of  the 
offence.  That  was  the  most  efficacious  plan  of 
action,  and  at  the  same  time,  the  least  disagreeable. 
Certain  precautions  should,  however,  be  taken. 
The  fines  should,  in  no  case,  be  entered  in  the 
Principal's  cash  book,  but  should  go  towards 
supporting  some  fund,  by  which  the  workers 
benefited — towards  insurance  against  accidents, 
by  preference.  In  this  department,  measurement 
cannot  be  as  precise,  as  in  the  case  of  machinery  ; 
it  is  necessary  to  draw  up  statistics,  to  adopt 
measures.  The  psychology  of  the  working  man 
does  not  appear  in  our  instructions.  The  expenses 
incurred  by  these  enquiries  are  largely  repaid 
by  the  increase  in  productivity. 

From  these  investigations  connected  with 
experimental  science,  M.  Le  Ch atelier  passes  on  to 
the  Psychology  of  the  Workingman  and  the 
organisation  of  labour,  following  Taylor's  plan. 
Scientific  Management  includes  both  scientific 
experiment  and  its  particular  application  to  the 
human  factor.  Here  are  the  essential  points 
of  his  teaching  : — 

E 


66  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

1.  It  is  incorrect  to  believe,  as  the  politicians 
of  all  countries  try  to  represent,  that  the 
workman  is  a  stupid  creature,  deaf  to  all 
intelligent  reasoning.     According  to  Taylor, 
psychology    of    the    working    man    in    no 
way  differs  from  that   of  other  men. 

2.  With  modern  methods  of  work,  which  are 
very   perfect,    but   also   very   complicated, 
it  is  no  longer  possible  for  the  workman 
to  discover  by  intuition,  in  each  particular 
case,    the    most    advantageous    movements 
of    the    hand.     Their    settlement,    in    the 
present    day,    rests    with    the    principals — 
the  engineers.     It  is  folly,  though  it  is  still 
often  done,  to  place  a  workman  before  a 
lathe  and  require  him  to  find  out  himself 
how   to   make   the   best   use   of   it.     That 
best  depends,  as  Taylor  has  shewn,  upon  a 
dozen     different     things.      It     took     him 
twenty-five  years  to  disentangle  the  most 
advantageous  combinations  ;    how  could  a 
working    man,   in    a    few    minutes,    divine 
the  solution  of  such  a  complicated  problem  ? 
It   is,   therefore,  indispensable  to  separate 
the  preparation  of  the  work, — an  essentially 
intellectual  process, — from  its  accomplish- 
ment,  an  essentially  manual  labour.     Ac- 
cording to  Taylor,  the  methods  employed 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  67 

in  a  workshop  should  be  entirely  regulated 
by  a  special  technical  staff,  and  then  taught 
to  the  workmen  by  the  same  staff.  Therein 
lies  an  entire  revolution  in  our  industrial 
methods ;  very  few  engineers  would  possess 
the  actual  knowledge  necessary  for  studying 
their  workmen's  processes,  and  fewer  still 
the  ability  necessary,  to  put  them  into 
practice  before  them. 

3.  Another  very  important  result  of  Taylor's 

studies  has  to  do  with  the  great  advantage  of 
piece-work.  The  workman  sees  the  exact 
amount  of  work  accomplished  each  day  ; 
the  size  of  the  task  is  regulated  according  to 
information  furnished  by  previous  experience, 
with  a  view  to  determining  the  best  working 
conditions. 

4.  This  change  in  the  organisation  of  labour 
imposes    considerable    effort    and    expense 
on  the  management  of  the  factory.     But  it 
exacts  nothing  more   from  the  workman  ; 
less  initiative  on  the  one  hand,  more  disci- 
pline on  the  other,  but  not  more  physical 
fatigue.     But,  as  these  methods  considerably 
augment  the  production  of  each  workman, 
the    owner    is    in    a    position    to    increase 
the   wages.     The    assent    of   the   workman 
is  obtained  by  an  increase  in  wage  rising 


68  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

from  30  to  100%  of  the  mean  rate  of  wages. 

The  adoption  of  these  principles  will  permit 
of  the  doubling  or  trebling  of  the  production. 
So  that  this  organisation  may  be  possible, 
an  office  for  the  preparation  and  distribution 
of  the  work  in  the  workshops  receives  the 
manager's  orders  and  distributes  them  to  the 
right  workshops.  The  regulation  of  piece-work 
involves  the  necessity  of  a  new  organisation — 
that  of  statistics.  All  this  necessitates  a  very 
numerous  staff ;  the  number  of  clerks  is  increased, 
that  of  the  workmen  diminished.  That  is  the 
outcome  of  the  organisation  of  labour,  according 
to  Taylor's  system. 

The  social  consequences  of  this  system  are 
studied  at  the  close  of  M.  Le  Ch atelier's  article. 
These  consequences  have  given  rise  to  numerous 
controversies.  The  principal  criticisms  brought 
forward  are  :— 

1.  The   increase   in   production,    the   essential 

purpose   of   Taylor's   system,   can   only  be 
obtained  by  over- working  the  men  ; 

2.  The  workman  is  brought  down  to  the  level  of 

a     machine,     his     intellectual     and     social 
position  is  lowered  ; 

3.  The  monotony  of  the  work,  and  the  absence 

of  all  intellectual  effort,  discourages  skilled 
workmen. 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  69 

To  these  objections,  Le  Chatelier  replies. 
Taylor's  system  does  not  increase,  but  reduces 
over-work  ;  this  is  the  opinion  of  all  those  who 
have  seen  it  in  operation.  The  increased  pro- 
duction is  entirely  due  to  regulations  independent 
of  the  workman's  actions  ;  a  better  supervision 
of  the  machinery  and  belting,  a  more  regular 
supply  of  the  materials,  the  employment  of 
better  tools,  etc.  It  is,  moreover,  incorrect  to 
say,  that  the  rate  of  mortality  amongst  the 
workmen  is  higher  than  heretofore,  as  Phila- 
delphian  statistics  shew  when  compared  to 
those  of  Paris. 

The  assertion  that  the  workman  is  brought 
down  to  the  level  of  a  machine  is  incorrect  in 
every  particular  ;  it  is  the  dexterous  movements 
employed  in  Taylor's  method  which  results  in 
producing  the  skilled  workman. 

Another  sentimental  objection,  says  Le  Chatelier, 
may  seem  more  specious.  It  is  sad  to  see  the 
artistic  workman  disappear — the  man  capable  of 
exercising  all  the  branches  of  his  calling,  of 
working  in  stone,  in  wood,  and  in  metal,  and  of 
producing  such  works  of  art  as  adorn  our  Gothic 
churches.  Why  then,  not  regret  the  slaves  of 
antiquity  ?  (Le  Chatelier).  Did  not  they  build 
magnificent  palaces,  temples,  and  mausoleums, 
which  to  this  day  arouse  our  admiration  ?  This  is 


70  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

true,  but  the  artisans  of  the  Middle  Ages  dwelt  in 
kennels,  without  air  or  light,  were  badly  fed  and 
liable  to  epidemics.  To-day,  the  working  man 
has  a  healthy  home,  is  often  as  well  fed  as  his 
employer,  etc.  The  specialisation  of  work  and 
the  employment  of  machinery  have  given  him 
all  these  good  things.  In  the  course  of  a  century 
his  wealth  has  increased  ten-fold.  Taylor  invites 
him  to  double  this  again,  and  people  want  to  oblige 
him  to  decline  this  gift  out  of  respect  to  a  few 
rather  antiquated  principles.  On  the  contrary, 
progress  will  consist  in  more  intensive  methods  of 
production,  in  reducing  the  length  of  the  working 
day — to  an  eight  hours'  day  at  once,  later  on, 
perhaps,  to  a  six  hours'  day. 

It  is  untrue  to  assert  that  specialisation,  and 
the  constant  repetition  of  the  same  work  disgusts 
the  men.  That  is  to  contradict  our  daily  ex- 
perience, says  Le  Chatelier.  What  more  mono- 
tonous than  the  calling  of  a  forwarding  agent, 
or  even  that  of  the  head  employe  in  a  big  firm  ? 
And  yet  the  number  of  candidates  for  such  berths 
is  enormous,  and  those  privileged  to  hold  them 
are  the  objects  of  envy.  Then,  the  farm  la- 
bourer, each  day  following  the  furrows  of  his 
plough,  does  not  question  the  monotony  of  his 
work.  All  his  life-long  he  repeats  the  process, 
without  being  any  the  worse.  According  to  the 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  71 

experience  of  competent  heads  of  industries, 
it  would  be  just  the  same  with  workmen.  Hardly 
will  you  find  one  in  a  hundred  capable  of  realising 
the  monotony  of  his  work.  The  workman  per- 
forms his  work  without  thinking  about  it,  quietly 
dreaming  about  his  own  little  affairs,  his  plans, 
etc.  (see  our  criticisms  below). 

To  wind  up,  Le  Ch atelier  maintains  that 
Taylor's  system  will  advance  more  rapidly  in 
the  future.  The  slowness  of  its  development 
is  due  to  the  necessity  for  perfect  accord  between 
the  masters  and  the  foreman  of  the  workshops 
before  it  can  be  got  into  working  order.  At 
present,  for  two  men,  both  imbued  with  new 
doctrines  to  meet  in  the  same  factory,  is  rare. 

The  second  article  published  by  the  Revue 
de  Metallurgie,  is  that  by  C.  B.  Thomson,1  Pro- 
fessor at  Harvard  University,  on  the  Scientific 
Organization  of  Labour,  he  summarises  the  principal 
publications  issued  up  to  now,  on  Taylor's  system 
and  gives  numerous  examples  of  its  industrial 
application. 

This  bibliography  by  itself  forms  quite  a  litera- 
ture, and  includes  articles  on  the  theory  of  scientific 
management,  on  its  action,  its  scientific  organisa- 
tion, on  railways,  on  methods,  on  the  human 
factor  in  scientific  organisation,  and  on  work- 

1  Revue  de  Metallurgie,  Vol.  XII,  April  1915   pp.  233-315. 


72  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

men's  syndicates.  The  most  important  are 
those  by  Taylor  himself,  notably  his  Principles 
of  Scientific  Management  and  Shop  Management, 
as  well  as  his  Art  of  Cutting  Metals.  He  draws 
attention  to  the  prejudice  which  permits  in  be- 
lieving that  the  improvement  in  the  methods  of 
labour  will  reduce  the  number  of  workmen 
employed  in  the  industry.  This  was  the  com- 
plaint at  one  time  urged  against  machinery, 
yet  no  one  would  now  abolish  the  latter.  It  will 
be  the  same  with  scientific  management,  the 
improvements  in  working  methods  only  bringing 
passing  inconveniences  in  their  train,  when  de- 
veloped too  rapidly,  causing  profound  distur- 
bance in  the  existing  economic  conditions. 

Thomson  thus  sums  up  (according  to  Kendall), 
the  processes  which  unite  in  increasing  the  work- 
man's output. 

i.  Elementary  Analysis  of  Operations. — This 
systematic  study  allows  of  the  elimination 
of  useless  movements,  of  the  combination 
of  the  most  advantageous  movements,  of 
modifying  certain  imperfections  in  the 
machinery. 

For  example,  in  a  factory  for  lighting  apparatus, 
it  sufficed  to  carry  the  pieces  to  be  manipulated 
to  the  operator,  arranged  in  a  box,  and  placed 
20  centimetres  from  his  left  hand,  in  order  to 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  73 

perceptibly  increase  his  output ;  until  then,  his 
pieces  had  been  scattered  higgledy  piggledy 
round  him. 

2.  Selection     of    Workmen. — Workmen     differ 
greatly  in  their  aptitude  for  the  same  work. 
These  differences  may  be  sufficient  to  shew 
a  variation  of  50%   in  their  output.     To 
take  book-binding  as  an  example,  it  will  be 
granted    that    a    big,    strong    girl    is    best 
suited  for  the  carrying  of  heavy  parcels  of 
books,    whilst    for   gilding,  one    with    very 
delicate,  careful  fingers  should  be  chosen. 

3.  Training  of  Workmen. — The  workman  has  to 
be  taught  the  improved  methods. 

4. — The  Employment  of  Good  Tools. 
5.  Stimulants. — The  workman  is  incited,  by 
means  of  a  premium  which  increases  his 
wage,  to  supply  as  large  an  output,  as  the 
implements  placed  at  his  disposal  will  permit 
of. 

According  to  Carlton's  opinion  (quoted  by  Mr. 
Thomson),  up  to  this  point,  the  scientific  manage- 
ment of  labour  has  only  taken  the  point  of  view 
of  one  of  the  parties  interested  into  account ; 
to  succeed,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that,  from  the 
start,  there  should  be  complete  accord  between 
the  masters  and  men,  and  this  accord  can  only 
be  obtained  by  accepting  the  intervention  of 


74  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

syndicates,  and  by  admitting  workmen's  delegates 
into  the  Councils  of  the  management. 

The  following  are  the  other  articles  in  La 
Revue  de  Metallurgie :  Annual  Report  by  M. 
M.  L.  Cooke,  which  shews  the  services  rendered 
by  Taylor's  method  in  the  administration  of  a 
large  town  ;  Mr.  Renold's  memorandum  on  the 
Scientific  Management  of  Factories  (I' Organisation 
scientifique  des  usincs)  ;  that  by  Mr.  Allingham 
on  the  same  subject,  and  finally,  that  by  Mrs. 
Christine  Frederiks  relating  to  the  scientific 
management  of  a  house.  Scientific  methods  may 
also  benefit  domestic  life.  The  first  thing  to  be 
considered  is  the  standardisation  of  the  required 
movements  .  Movements  should  be  regulated, 
Mrs.  Frederiks  pleads,  even  in  the  washing  of 
dishes.  It  is  useless  to  lift  plates  from  right  to 
left  by  crossing  one  arm  over  the  other.  Every- 
thing one  does  should  be  examined  so  as  to  settle 
what  is  essential  and  to  see  if  it  answers  its  purpose 
properly,  and  without  annoyance  to  the  operator. 
The  authoress  made  use  of  these  methods  when 
organising  her  model  kitchen  at  Applecroft. 
She  gives  the  principles  upon  which  she  grouped 
her  utensils  in  relation  to  the  place  where  they 
would  be  used  and  with  reference  to  their  normal 
use.  Secondly,  there  comes  that  very  important 
question— the  fixing  of  a  normal  time-table.  A 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  75 

list  would  facilitate  the  daily  and  weekly  tasks, 
etc. 

Finally,  the  normalisation  of  purchases,  of 
the  staff,  and  of  management,  have  their  allotted 
place. 

The  article  is  most  interesting,  and  contains 
any  amount  of  excellent  advice  having  for  its 
end  the  scientific  organisation  of  that  most 
important  side  of  life,  the  home  of  the  family. 

The  only  objection  which  we  can  make  to  the 
system  is  that  the  mistress  of  the  house  must, 
herself,  be  able  to  direct  the  work  required,  no 
matter  what  it  may  be.  This  specialization 
in  such  a  number  of  departments  would  become 
too  onerous  for  the  mistress  and  would  confine 
her  absolutely  to  the  sphere  of  the  house  to  the 
exclusion  of  all  other  interests ;  it  is  besides 
opposed  to  the  evolution  of  the  family  in  modern 
society,  an  evolution  which  tends  to  eliminate 
a  host  of  functions  from  house  management, 
and  to  make  co-operative  duties  of  those  which 
used  to  devolve  on  the  house  mistress  alone. 
But  there  is  nothing  to  be  said  against  the  various 
groups — co-operatives  for  example,  whose  spheres 
extend  beyond  the  narrow  limits  of  a  family 
profiting  by  these  Councils.  Also,  family  life 
itself  should  be  Taylorised  in  the  sense  of  order, 
economy  and  better  management. 


76  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 


2. — THE    OPINION    THAT    SHOULD    BE    FORMED    OF 
THE    PRINCIPLES   OF    SCIENTIFIC    MANAGEMENT. 

To  resume,  after  this  account,  our  personal 
opinion  as  to  Taylor's  system.  This  system  is 
most  certainly  indisputably  scientific  in  character, 
and  all  those  who  desire,  henceforth,  to  study  the 
organisation  of  labour,  will  be  unable  to  ignore 
his  system.  He  came  at  the  right  time,  and 
although  Taylor  was  ignorant  of  much  of  the 
scientific  work  which  had  been  accomplished 
in  the  physiological  laboratories  of  Europe, 
thanks  to  his  personal  experiences  he  achieved 
distinct  results,  of  which  many  are  only  a  confirma- 
tion of  general  laws  established  by  scientific 
research.  It  seems  certain  that  from  the 
technological  point  of  view,  he  was  entirely 
successful,  and  the  proof  lies  in  the  enormous 
augmentation  of  production  which  he  was,  in 
almost  every  case,  able  to  obtain.  This  is  no 
small  result,  and  it  is  indisputably  true.  But 
here  our  eulogy  ends.  To  praise  Taylor's  system 
and  to  desire  its  general  introduction  into  the 
industrial  world  one  would  have  to  feel  sure  on 
many  points,  of  which  several  are  still  obscure, 
and  others  are  debatable,  if  not  to  be  condemned. 
Certain  it  is  that  the  scientific  management  of 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  77 

labour  is  an  inevitable  necessity,  but  it  remains 
to  be  proved  whether  Taylor's  system,  the 
first  to  be  advocated  in  this  field  of  enquiry,  is 
just  the  very  best  system,  that  which  was  impa- 
tiently awaited  by  all  those  who  wished  to  see 
science  penetrate  into  the  region  of  industrial 
labour,  in  order  that  it  might  be  reorganised  for 
the  great  benefit  of  society. 

From  our  point  of  view,  we  can  charge  Taylor's 
system    with    three    great    faults  :— 

i.  As  the  most  convinced  partisans  of  Taylor's 
system  affirm,  a  big  gap  exists  in  Taylor's 
estimates,  which  is  the  absence  of  scientific 
information  concerning  the  fatigue  of  the 
workers.  Such  information  as  does  exist 
depends  upon  the  statements  of  the  workers, 
which  are  unreliable.  This  gap  may  be 
imagined  ;  the  calculation  of  fatigue  is  a 
very  delicate  process  and  can  only  be 
attempted  by  physiologists  trained  in  such 
studies.  Now,  that  was  the  first  thing  that 
should  have  been  done,  seeing  that  Taylor's 
system  upsets  the  usual  habits,  changes 
the  movements,  quickens  them  in  some 
cases,  and  imprints  upon  the  human  motor 
an  absolutely  new  action.  It  is  not  enough 
that,  in  certain  cases,  this  factor  has  been 
taken  into  consideration.  Thus  Earth 


78  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

succeeded  in  formulating  the  laws  of  the 
relationship  between  labour  and  fatigue ; 
Gilbreth  noticed  that  the  two-wheeled 
barrow  causes  less  fatigue,  because  it  is 
better  balanced,  than  the  one- wheeled 
barrow,  etc.  But,  as  Le  Chatelier  says, 
these  statements  are  insufficient.  In  his 
book,  The  Human  Motor,  Amar  also 
considers  that  Taylor's  method  is  insuffi- 
cient from  the  physiological  point  of  view, 
the  learned  American  not  having  had  the 
means  by  which  to  estimate  the  amount 
of  fatigue,  to  know  the  speed,  the  rhythm, 
the  effort  which  are  exacted  by  even  the 
smallest  expenditure  of  energy,  in  a  maxi- 
mum of  labour.  And  yet,  a  few  pages 
below,  Amar  asserts  that  "  the  art  of 
working  is  thus  constituted  and  firmly 
established  on  scientific  foundations." 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  this  assertion  goes  far 
beyond  the  facts,  the  question  of  fatigue 
being  essential  and  the  charge  of  over- 
work having  been,  in  a  great  number  of 
cases,  brought  against  Taylor  and  his 
disciples. 

With  a  view  to  solving  this  problem, 
an  International  Committee  made  up  partly 
of  physiologists  and  partly  of  engineers, 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  79 

and  of  absolutely  independent  sociologists 
appointed  by  a  recognised  official  Institution 
of  repute  should  be  charged  with  the 
examination  of  fatigue  amongst  men 
employed  in  the  various  industries  that 
have  adopted  Taylor's  system.  It  is  only 
after  enquiry,  and  in  the  event  of  a  favour- 
able answer,  that  Taylor's  system  will 
deserve  the  name  of  "  scientific,"  and 
may  be  considered  to  be  free  from  all 
defect. 

This  system  offers  no  guarantee  to  the 
workman  in  that  which  relates  to  his  own 
advantage.  It  is  true  that,  at  the  present 
time,  the  workman  enjoys  'a  rise  in  wage 
and  a  reduction  in  his  hours  of  work,  when 
he  adopts  Taylor's  system,  but  it  is  to  be 
feared  that  when  everybody  is  working 
under  this  system  of  scientific  management, 
these  advantages  may  suddenly  cease. 
The  fear  of  general  discontent,  say  even  a 
strike,  might  not  suffice  to  insure  the 
continuance  of  the  increased  wages.  There- 
fore, here  again,  some  reform  is  required, 
and  it  is  necessary  as  Carlton  (quoted  by 
Thomson),  insists  that  workmen's  syndi- 
cates should  take  part  in  the  councils  of  the 
management. 


80  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

3.  The  theory  of  "  premiums,"  which  is  part  of 

the  system  itself,  makes  it  probable  that, 

to    a    certain    extent,  over-work  is  almost 

sure    to    prevail.     In    order    to    urge    the 

workman  to  produce  his  maximum  output 

Taylor  makes  use  of  too  strong  a  stimulant, 

an  infallible  one  even,  that  of  direct  gain 

attached     to     increased    labour.     As     the 

feeling  of  fatigue  is  not  irrevocable,  and  may 

be     concealed     by    increased     effort,     the 

workman  may  rapidly  reach  the  limits  of 

over-pressure  and  be  unaware  of  it   until 

the  moment  when,  quite  exhausted  and  good 

for  nothing,  he  is  turned  out  of  the  factory 

which  had  dazzled  him  with  visions  of  the 

most  extraordinary  and  attractive  benefits. 

This  reproach  has  been  formulated  against 

Taylor's  system  of  scientific  management, 

many    times,     by    its    adversaries     ("  the 

premium  of  over-pressure  "). 

The   principles  of   this  system  are,  moreover, 

opposed   to   those   of   the    progress   of   hygiene, 

which  tends  to  become  more  and  more  general 

even  in  the  case  of  individuals.     This  freedom  of 

the  individual  to  overwork,  is  opposed  to  eugenics 

and  to  all  those  sciences  which  have  for  their  aim 

the  betterment  of  the  race.     Finally,  the  reward 

to  those  who  work  the  best  is  not  a  proceeding 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  81 

to  be  advocated  from  the  moral  point  of  view,  for 
those  who  are  trained  on  such  a  principle  make 
it  the  mainspring  of  their  actions  under  other 
conditions. 

Such  are  the  fundamental  faults  of  the  system, 
and  doubtless  many  others  would  be  discovered 
in  it,  were  it  to  be  examined  on  the  spot.  On  the 
other  hand,  we  think  many  of  the  attacks  levelled 
against  the  system  are  worthless.  "  It  degrades 
the  human  being,  because  of  the  monotony  of  the 
mechanical  actions  which  it  enforces,"  etc. 
That  is  an  argument  of  the  ignorant  and  merits 
no  attention.  Neither  can  the  monotony  of  the 
work  itself,  and  the  absence  of  any  intellectual 
element,  be  considered  as  criticisms.  Le  Ch atelier 
refutes  such  charges,  but  we  cannot,  in  this  matter, 
agree  with  his  point  of  view.  It  is  clear  that  his 
example  of  the  rate  of  mortality  amongst  the 
workmen  in  Philadelphia  being  no  higher  than 
in  Paris,  is  no  argument.  On  the  other  hand, 
if  one  does  not  regret  the  abolition  of  slaveiy 
(see  p.  69),  that  is  not  solely  on  account  of 
the  unhealthy  conditions  under  which  the  slaves 
lived,  but  chiefly  on  account  of  the  conditions 
under  which  the  work  was  performed  (labour 
"  by  compulsion  ").  With  regard  to  the  objection 
to  the  employment  of  forwarding  agent,  or  of  the 
office  clerk,  it  is  in  the  bitter  struggle  for  existence, 

F 


82  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

and  in  the  fact  that  many  men  are  unqualified 
for  any  other  form  of  employment,  that  the 
true  reasons  nust  be  looked  for  to  account  for 
the  number  of  applicants  for  these  posts,  and  not 
in  any  love  of  monotonous  work. 

Would  that  all  labour  might  be  as  monotonous 
as  that  carried  on  in  the  bosom  of  nature,  amidst 
its  ever  changing  charms,  and  its  sensations 
of  life,  liberty  and  beauty. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  monotony  of  labour 
is  not  a  reproach  that  can  touch  Taylor's  system, 
any  more  than  the  absence  of  the  intellectual 
element  and  the  increase  of  discipline  with  the 
reduction  of  individuality  and  spontaneity.  The 
charge  of  monotony  may  be  brought  against  all 
manufacturing  industries — the  monotony  only 
differs  in  degree.  That  fault  is  irreducible,  like 
that  which  relates  to  the  machines  themselves. 
Industrial  labour  is,  by  its  very  essence,  monoton- 
ous, and  very  unintellectual,  tending  inevitably 
towards  an  ever  greater  and  ever  more  complete 
automatism.  The  physiologists  of  industry  are 
well  aware  of  this.  They  recognise  the  difference 
between  manual  labour,  such  as  is  taught  in  the 
schools,  from  the  pedagogic  point  of  view,  and  that 
which  is  performed  by  the  workman,  from  the 
industrial  point  of  view.  In  the  first  case,  it  is  a 
question  of  educative  action,  bringing  pressure 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  83 

to  bear  on  the  psycho-motor  centres,  of  which 
the  hand  is  the  only  trusty  instrument.  Also 
it  would  seem  necessary  to  vary  the  nature  of  the 
work,  in  order  to  bring  a  larger  number  of  brain 
cells  into  play  and,  as  soon  as  the  work  becomes 
easy  and  begins  to  become  automatic,  it  should 
be  stopped  and  something  fresh  commenced. 

It  is  quite  a  different  question  with  the  work- 
man. He  works  continuously  at  the  same  craft, 
always  the  same,  which  he  brings  to  the  greatest 
possible  point  of  perfection,  and  his  tendency, 
desire,  and  aim,  is  the  greatest  possible  autonomy. 
To-day,  the  friends  of  the  people  know  quite 
well  that  industrial  labour  cannot  be  a  source  of 
mental  evolution  for  the  labourer.  This  con- 
viction urges  them  to  further  economise  the 
workman's  strength,  to  reduce  his  hours  of  work 
by  improving  the  work  itself,  and  by  giving  him 
the  consolation  of  a  healthy  home  in  the  country, 
and  a  training  able  to  supplement  the  autonomy 
demanded  by  his  role  as  an  industrial  worker, 
and  which  the  needs  of  our  civilization  render 
absolutely  necessary.  And  it  is  thus  that 
humanitarian  claims,  are  now,  on  many  points, 
based  on  science. 

Thus  does  Taylor's  system  present  itself  to  the 
present  writer.  We  have  not  stripped  it  of  its 
scientific  character,  but  we  do  perceive  that  it 


84  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

exhibits  numerous  faults  and  gaps  in  its  concep- 
tion. Is  this  system  capable  of  being  sufficiently 
perfected  and  improved  to  permit  of  its  some  day 
occupying  a  leading  place  in  the  organisation  of 
labour,  or  does  it,  on  the  contrary,  possess  fun- 
damental errors,  which  will  prevent  its  general 
acceptance,  and  condemn  it  to  failure  ?  Ulterior 
research  can  alone  enable  us  to  answer  these 
questions.  However  that  may  be,  this  system 
should,  at  the  present  hour,  claim  the  attention 
of  manufacturers,  and  after  the  actual  crisis 
through  which  we  are  now  passing  is  over,  and 
the  need  for  new  enterprise  and  an  accelerated 
productivity  makes  itself  felt,  the  scientific 
organisation  of  labour  will  become  a  greater 
necessity  than  ever  before.  One  can  only  regret 
that,  as  yet,  scientific  methods  have  not  given 
us  the  decisive  answer  we  seek,  and  that  the 
solution  of  the  problem,  at  present,  is  only  em- 
pirical. .  .  In  any  event,  Taylor's  system,  in 
spite  of  its  many  advantages,  should  only  be 
applied  with  great  caution  and  tact,  since  it  is 
suspected  of  over-pressure,  which  may  prove 
harmful  to  the  race. 

At  the  time  of  going  to  press  with  this  book, 
we  note  the  recently  published  work  by  J.  M. 
Lahy.1  This  writer  advances  many  objections 

1  J.  M.  Lahy,  Le  systaae  Taylor  et  la  physiologic  du  travail 
profcssionnel,  Paris  1916,  Matton,  198  pages. 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  85 

to  Taylor's  system,  his  conception  of  labour 
being  spoilt  by  a  threefold  error  :  psychological, 
sociological,  and  industrial ;  he  improves  me- 
thods, not  with  a  view  to  the  well-being  of  the 
workman,  but  in  order  to  insure  the  super-pro- 
duction of  each.  Work,  in  the  factories  re- 
organised according  to  Taylor's  methods,  is 
based  upon  constraint  and  discipline,  which 
are  the  opposites  of  invention  and  lead  to  fatigue  ; 
the  workman  is  only  looked  upon  as  part  of  the 
system.  The  abstract  question  of  scientifically 
determining  the  worker's  fatigue  has  no  place 
in  his  system,  and  in  as  far  as  workers  are  con- 
cerned, he  pre-assumes  them  to  be  idle.  The 
problem  of  selection,  of  which  Taylor  thinks  so 
much,  does  not  really  aim  at  superior  workman- 
ship, but  only  at  the  result  of  movements,  so  that 
Taylor  has  not  set  before  each  industry  the  double 
criterion  of  superior  workmanship  with  minimum 
fatigue,  though  this  would  be  the  claim  made  for 
really  scientific  experiments.  Taylor's  methods 
shew  progress  in  some  respects,  but  the  work 
is  not  produced  more  perfectly,  it  is  only  more 
rapid.1  It  is,  after  all,  the  yield  of  the  worker 
which  regulates  the  duration  and  intensity  of  the 
work,  and  when  all  is  said  and  done  the  results 

1  This  greater  speed  in  work,  the  quality  of  which  is  in  no 
respect  lowered,  is  nevertheless  a  real  improvement,  but 
that  alone  should  not  satisfy  us. 


86  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

are  often  disappointing.  Taylor  employed,  for 
human  labour,  the  same  tests  that  he  used  for 
mechanical  work,  which  is  a  mistake,  because  of 
fatigue,  which  intervenes  in  the  action  of  the 
human  motor.  His  disciples,  like  himself,  only 
examined  this  problem  theoretically.  Taylor  knew 
nothing  of  physiology,  his  study  of  motion  is 
far  from  being  as  precise  as  Marey's.1  Inventions 
said  to  be  by  him  or  his  disciples  were  really 
Marey's.  His  system  contains  numerous  gaps, 
it  is  incomplete,  it  has  not  entirely  transformed 
the  organisation  of  labour  ;  his  system  does 
take  the  workman  into  account,  but  it  leads  to 
the  depreciation  of  the  skilled  worker.  His 
system  of  wages  and  premiums  is  an  encourage- 
ment to  over-production,  and  consequent  over- 
fatigue.  Of  psychic  problems,  of  all  that  concerns, 
for  example,  the  rhythm  of  labour,  and  rest, 
both  essentially  individual  matters,  Taylor  was 
ignorant.  Many  industries  he  did  not  study 

1  It  is  not  without  interest  to  remember  all  that  we  owe  to 
Marey,  the  inventor  of  the  Graphic  method  and  of  Chromo- 
photography.  Lahy  reminds  us  that  side  by  side  with  his 
classical  works,  known  to  all  physiologists,  Marey  tried 
some  experiments  on  industrial  labour,  and  promoted  o'her 
researches  in  that  domain  in  his  laboratory  in  the  pare  des 
Princes  or  in  the  Institute  that  bears  his  name.  More 
especially  see  :  E.  J.  Marey,  Travail  de  I'homme  dans  les 
prof  ess  ions  Manuelles.  Revue  d'Hygiene  alim  .uitaire,  1904, 
p.  197. — Id.  L'eco;;;o;nie  de  travail  et  I'elasticiie.  La  Revue 
dus  Idees,  14  May,  1904.  Ch.  Fremont,  Etude  experimental*! 
du  .ivetage.  Soc.  d'encouragement  pour  1'Industrie  nationale, 
Paris,  1906. 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  87 

at  all.  Also,  Taylor  invented  nothing  essential, 
he  only  improved  certain  things.  The  chrono- 
graphy  of  elementary  movements,  which  is  the 
original  idea  of  the  system,  is  not  sufficient  and 
would  not  be  able  to  replace  the  terrestial  chrono- 
graphy  previously  in  use. 

Many  of  these  charges  can  be  substantiated, 
and  we  have  already  stated  our  opinion  on  the 
subject  of  fatigue.  Still,  Lahy  talks  of  an 
increase  of  fatigue  as  though  it  were  a  proved 
and  indisputable  fact.  We  cannot  share  his 
opinion  when  he  pretends  that  the  chronography 
of  elementary  movements  exacts  a  degrading 
submission  on  the  part  of  the  workman  which  he 
would  not  accept.  Now,  says  Lahy,  if  the  various 
measures  so  lauded  by  Taylor  are  not  irrevocably 
united,  we  are  no  longer  in  the  presence  of 
Taylor's  system.  We  consider  that  Taylor's 
system  is  incomplete,  many  industries  have 
never  been  studied,  the  part  played  by  fatigue 
has  not  been  estimated.  That  is  an  undeniable 
fact.  But  those  who  follow  Taylor  may  correct 
the  errors  of  his  system  and  perfect  it.  It  is, 
says  Le  Chatelier,1  for  the  physiologists  to 
determine  the  role  played  by  fatigue.  Taylor 
did  what  he  could.  Besides,  Lahy  thinks,  too, 

1  J.    Amar,    Organisation    phvsiologiqtte    du    travail,     1917 
Paris,  Dunod  et  Pinat.     Preface  by  M.  Le  Chateiier. 


88  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

that  in  what  Taylor  did,  there  was  no  preconceived 
intention  of  over-working  the  men  ;  his  work 
was  absolutely  sincere. 

Taylor  himself  said  that  scientific  management 
did  not  necessarily  lead  to  a  great  invention  nor 
to  the  discovery  of  startling  new  facts ;  it 
consists  in  a  certain  combination  of  elements  not 
yet  realized,  and  in  the  grouping  of  analysed  and 
classified  ideas  in  the  form  of  laws  and  regulations 
constituting  a  science. 

We  will  conclude  by  saying  that  no  political 
party  should  derive  any  benefit  from  the  scientific 
management  of  labour,  but  society  as  a  whole. 
Taylor's  system,  completed  on  some  points, 
improved  in  others,  put  into  harmony  with  the 
distribution  of  energy  and  with  psychology, 
will  only  receive  a  definite  sanction  on  the  day 
when  it  puts  itself  in  agreement  with  the  economic 
organisations  of  labour,  such  as  the  workman's 
syndicates  and  the  co-operatives. 

These  problems  will  continue  to  be  of  essential 
importance  until  that  far  distant  day  when 
machines  will  be  able  to  undertake  the  labour 
until  now  accomplished  by  man.  But  at  the 
present  time  all  scientific  experiments  concerning 
the  management  of  labour  agree  in  according 
to  the  "  human  "  factor  the  preponderating  role. 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  89 


3. — THE      FUNCTION      OF      THE      SCHOOL     IN     THE 
DETERMINATION     OF     APTITUDES. 

We  are  still  dealing  with  the  same  question — 
the  utilization  of  labour,  and  the  fatigue  it 
causes,  when  we  turn  our  attention  to  the  experi- 
ments which,  for  the  last  twenty-five  years,  have 
had  the  child  as  their  object  and  have  led  to  the 
founding  of  a  new  department  of  science, 
Pedology  (Science  of  study  of  the  Child).  At 
the  International  Congress  of  Hygiene  and 
Demography  held  at  Brussels  in  1903,  I  insisted 
on  a  preliminary  medical  examination  of  working 
men  (see  above)  with  the  object  of  gauging  their 
aptitudes  and  of  guiding  them  in  their  choice  of  a 
career.  All  those  who  have  mistaken  their  path 
in  life  become  an  easy  prey  to  over-work  ;  their 
productivity  is  greatly  reduced  and,  as  a  conse- 
quence, their  prosperity.  In  this  unsuitability 
for  certain  occupations  may  be  detected  some  of 
the  causes  of  over-work  and  social  unproductivity. 

This  point  of  view  has  become  considerably 
more  general  than  it  used  to  be,  and  the  study  of 
pedology  has  shewn  us  the  necessity  for  carrying 
back  this  examination  to  a  much  earlier  age,  of 
making  it  obligatory  in  preparatory  schools  or 
even  earlier  still,  and  of  bringing  it  to  bear  in 


90  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

every  department  of  life,  physically,  intellectually, 
and  morally.  The  medico-pedagogic  inspection, 
such  as  has  been  carried  out  in  the  schools  of  most 
countries,  for  some  years  now,  is  a  step  forward 
towards  the  solution  of  the  problem,  but  will 
not  be  sufficient  in  itself.  The  question  is, 
as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  determining  of  aptitudes 
and  inaptitudes,  and  those  which  a  medical 
examination  is  able  to  disclose,  only  constitute 
one  side  of  the  examination  (organs  of  sense, 
growth,  physical  constitution,  maladies,  in  short 
only  the  authropometric  and  pathological  points 
of  view).  The  vast  field  of  intellectual  aptitudes, 
properly  so  called,  artistic  and  technical  aptitudes, 
remains  unexplored. 

As  regards  the  two  first  groups  we  will  refer 
the  reader  to  our  books,1  previously  published 
on  this  subject.  As  in  this  chapter  we  only 
propose  to  deal  with  the  work  of  the  artisan,  we 
shall  only  examine  aptitudes  of  a  technical  order. 

1  See  especially  :  La  Revue  Psychologique,  published  by  us 
since  1908  (Brussels)  ;  les  Travaux  du  premier  Coxgres 
international  de  Pedologie  (the  Work  of  the  first  international 
Congress  of  Pedology)  which  met  at  Brussels  in  1911,  and 
whose  two  volumes  we  were  instrumental  in  publishing,  as  also 
the  publication  of  the  International  Faculty  of  Pedology 
Faculte  Internationals  de  Pedologie}  of  Brussels.  This  institu- 
tion of  which  we  undertook  the  management  is  a  school  for 
higher  education  especially  intended  for  the  initiation  of 
modern  teachers  into  all  the  sciences  and  technology  of  the 
child.  Subsequent  events  in  Belgium  have  forced  as  to  close 
this  institution,  but  with  the  firm  intention  of  re-opening 
it  some  day. 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  91 

The  present  state  of  the  science  of  pedology 
only  requires  that  tentative  measurements  of  a 
special  kind  should  be  taken,  not  only  in  the 
primary  schools,  but  also  in  the  technical  schools 
(Industrial  Training  Colleges).  The  first  are 
intended  for  those  pupils  who  have  not  yet  chosen 
a  career,  and  who  put  out  feelers  in  every 
direction.  It  is  in  these  schools  that  aptitudes 
are  awakened.  It  is  time  that  the  greater  or 
less  degree  of  skill  shewn  by  the  pupils  during 
their  studies,  should  serve  as  a  guide  to  intelligent 
and  competent  teachers,  but  the  estimate  thus 
formed  is  insufficient  by  itself,  and  the  present 
progress  of  science  is  opposed  to  a  purely  empirical 
opinion.  In  every  domain,  empiricism  must 
inevitably  be  replaced  by  scientific  information. 
This  is  a  universal  law,  the  realization  of  which 
ensures  progress.  Now,  at  this  moment,  there 
exist  a  series  of  measurements,  possible  experi- 
ments by  which  we  can  take  the  measure  of  all 
the  senses  which  intervene  in  the  various  mechani- 
cal actions :  the  diverse  forms  and  degrees  of 
tangible  sensitiveness,  of  sensitiveness  to  pressure, 
of  the  sense  of  resistance,  of  precision  of  movements, 
of  their  speed,  of  the  various  forms  of  the  kinesthetic 
sense  (muscular  sense).  These  senses  may  be 
described  under  the  general  name  of  "  mechanical 
senses." 


92  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

Let  us  to  these  add  sight,  with  all  the  elements, 
which  includes  :  the  sense  of  proportion,  sensitive- 
ness to  form,  colour,  light,  perspective.  In  passing 
on  to  the  higher  psychic  qualities,  we  see  the 
enormous  importance  of  the  power  of  attention, 
of  a  technical  memory,  and  of  mechanical  imagina- 
tion, where  there  is  a  question  of  invention. 
One  must  not  ignore  the  value  of  design,  of  model- 
ling, of  wood-carving,  of  sculpture,  and  finally  of 
taste,  and  the  aesthetic  sense  (decoration),  which 
plays  a  preponderating  part  in  the  art-worker's 
labours.  All  these  faculties,  including  those 
which  want  of  space  prevents  our  enumerating 
here,  maybe  examined, studied,  gauged,  and  their 
diverse  combinations  go  to  the  making  of  those 
complicated  powers  which  we  call  aptitudes. 
What  should  we  say  of  a  society  wherein  everyone 
should  have  followed  the  line  of  his  tastes,  of  his 
leanings  and  aptitudes,  where  each  would  occupy 
the  place  best  suited  to  him,  and  wherein  the 
various  occupations  were  allotted  to  the  "  most 
apt "  ?  Such  a  society  would  be  reformed 
from  top  to  bottom,  in  the  sense  of  greater  equity, 
greater  productivity,  and  greater  happiness. 

This  principle  of  "  the  most  apt  "  should 
regulate  our  society  of  the  future.  This  principle 
is  not  that  of  equality,  but  justice  is  not  the 
equivalent  of  complete  equality.  Justice  is 


SCIENTIFIC  MANAGEMENT  93 

opposed,  in  any  case,  to  the  extremes  of  inequality 
—to  real  injustice,  such  as  one  sees  in  the  present 
day. 

We  should  like  to  formulate  a  second  resolution 
(the  first  being  the  scientific  examination  of  Tay- 
lor's system),  and  that  is  to  see  that  the  "  science 
of  aptitudes  "  is  taught,  forming  a  chapter  in 
individual  experimental  psychology,  and  pene- 
trating into  all  those  institutions  whose  duty  it  is 
to  train  our  technical  and  industrial  workers  of 
the  future,  as  well  as  the  workers  in  art,  and 
that  with  the  object  of  discovering  real  talents 
and  of  directing  them  into  those  channels  which 
shall  be  the  most  favourable  to  themselves  and 
to  society. 


94  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 


III 
THE  POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK. 

I. — THE  VALUATION  OF  THE  POWER  AND  WORK  OF 
THE  RIGHT  HAND  AND  THE  LEFT. 

The  Anthropometric  Comparison  of  the  Sexes. 

The  problem  of  right-handedness  and  left- 
handedness  far  surpasses  the  limits  of  muscular 
power ;  it  constitutes  a  chapter  in  cerebral 
psycho-physiology.  But  the  most  noticeable 
fact,  that  which  in  the  first  blush  claims  general 
attention,  is  certainly  the  different  powers  con- 
stantly exhibited  between  the  two  hands,  with  the 
result  that  most  people  are  "  right-handed," 
and  a  very  insignificant  minority  "  left-handed." 

Here,  we  shall  only  examine  their  difference 
in  strength.  The  following  chapters  will  deal 
with  other  points,  and,  for  the  various  questions 
touching  right-handedness  and  left-handedness, 
we  will  refer  the  reader  to  former  publications.1 

1  J .  L.  loteyko,  Theorie  psycho-physiologique  de  la  droiterie  ; 
Revue  philosophique,  juin  et  juillct  1910,  and  V.  Kipiani, 
Ambidextrie,  103  p.,  Lebeque,  Brussels,  Alcan,  Paris,  1912. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  95 

We  must  remember  that  asymmetry  has  not 
only  to  do  with  movement,  but  also  extends  to 
the  various  sensorial  and  psychic  functions. 
Thus,  Van  Biervliet,  l  when  experimenting  on 
the  students  of  the  University  of  Ghent,  discovered 
in  the  muscular  sense,  in  sharpness  of  vision, 
and  of  hearing,  and  sensitiveness  of  touch,  a 
degree  of  asymmetry,  which  he  calculated  at 
one  tenth. 

If,  he  says,  we  denote  by  the  number  ten  the 
sensitiveness  of  the  more  developed  side,  which 
is  the  right  side  in  the  case  of  the  right-handed 
man,  and  the  left  in  the  case  of  the  left-handed) 
then  the  number  nine  will  about  denote  the 
opposite  side. 

In  passing  on  to  the  question  of  motor-power, 
we  must  distinguish  between  the  test  of  strength 
and  the  test  of  endurance.  The  first  may  be 
reckoned  by  the  dynamometer,  an  instrument 
that  registers  the  momentary  effort  of  the  pressure 
of  the  hand.  It  measures  the  strength  of  the  per- 
son, his  power  of  making  a  great  effort,  but  does 
not  calculate  the  endurance.  This  latter  may  be 
estimated  by  the  use  of  one  of  the  most  scientific 
processes  of  measurement,  namely,  Mosso's  ergo- 
graph,  which  we  ourselves  have  used  in  many  experi- 

1  Van  Biervliet,  Bull,  de  I' A  cad.  Roy.  dc  Betgique,  classe 
des  Sciences,  1897-1901. 


96  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

ments  whilst  studying  different  conditions  of  work. 
The  experiment  consists  in  systematically  raising 
(following  the  beats  of  a  metronome),  a  weight 
(from  2-5  kilograms),  by  means  of  the  flexion 
of  the  middle  finger.  This  experiment  may  be 
made  up  to  the  limit  of  extreme  fatigue.  The 
graphic  method  allows  of  the  registering  of  the 
extent  (height)  to  which  it  is  raised,  and  an  easy 
calculation  (multiply  the  total  height  to  which 
it  is  raised  by  the  weight),  gives  the  amount  of 
mechanical  work  performed  in  kilogramme-metres, 
whilst  the  time  taken  to  produce  complete  fatigue 
is  an  indication  of  individual  endurance.  These 
two  proofs  are,  therefore,  very  different  in  kind, 
and  it  would  be  interesting  to  make  parallel 
studies  of  the  behaviour  of  different  people  in 
this  respect.  These  comparative  experiments 
have  been  made  in  Belgium,  a  country  where  the 
number  of  left-handed  people  seems  to  be  con- 
siderable ;  far  in  excess  of  the  generally  accepted 
number  which  is  from  2-3%. 

As  regards  the  measurement  of  strength  by  the 
dynamometer,  my  experiments  on  140  students  of 
both  sexes  at  the  University  of  Brussels  1  shewed 
that  the  stronger  side  is  to  the  weaker  side 
as  1,000  to  841  and  this  as  much  amongst  the 

1  J.  loteyko,  Mesure  de  la  force  dynamcmeiriqus  des  deux 
wains,  amongst  140  students  of  the  Brussels  University.  Mc- 
moires  de  la  Societe  J'anthropologie  de  Bruxelles,  1903-4. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  97 

right-handed  as  the  left-handed  students,  in 
other  words,  the  figure  which  we  propose  to  call 
the  dynamometric  sign,  seems  to  be  constant, 
even  though  the  average  of  a  sufficiently  large 
group  of  subjects  is  taken.  This  average  is  51 
kilograms  for  the  stronger  hand,  and  43  kilograms 
for  the  weaker. 

In  this  figure  we  include  students  of  both  sexes. 
The  difference  between  the  two  sides  is,  therefore, 
an  average  of  16%,  when  it  is  a  question  of  the 
test  of  strength. 

Let  us  examine  some  other  figures  relating  to 
dynamometric  power. 

Dynamometric  Strength  of  young  people  of 
about  twenty  years  of  age  (Belgian). 

Difference      be- 


Quetelet  (1834)  |  ^tween    the   two 

Left     37.  Kg.2  L  ^ 

J  hands,   2   Kg.i. 

loteyko  (1903)    (Right  51.  Kg. 4 [Difference 

Students  (Left     43.  Kg.oj  8  Kg.4. 

loteyko  (10,08)    (_ 

Students  in         ^  52-  Kg.oj  Difference 

Normal  schools!^     47-  Kg.5|  4  Kg.5. 

This  table  shews  several  important  facts  :  there 
has  been  a  marked  increase  of  strength  since 
Ouetelet's  time,  which  may  be  set  down  to  a 
good  physical  education. 

G 


98  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

In  the  second  place  the  want  of  symmetry 
has  also  considerably  increased,  and  this  is  more 
marked  amongst  the  students  of  the  University 
than  amongst  .the  pupils  in  the  normal  schools. 
The  degree  of  asymmetry  also  increases  with  the 
age  of  the  children  ;  Schuyten,  who  verified  this 
fact,  is  alarmed  at  it,  seeing  that  it  is  correlative 
to  an  absence  of  symmetry  in  all  the  organs 
and  all  the  functions. 

As  regards  the  power  of  endurance  or  of 
resistance  to  fatigue  some  work  was  done, 
under  our  advice,  by  Schouteden,1  who  experi- 
mented on  18  male  and  7  female  students  in 
the  Brussels  University — pupils  in  our  course  of 
experimental  psychology.  The  interesting  thing 
is,  that  the  product  of  mechanical  work  of  the  two 
sides  (ergographic  sign)  is  the  same  amongst  the 
right-handed  and  left-handed  workers,  if  the 
general  average  is  taken.  By  including  the  25 
cases  in  a  common  measure,  a  difference  of  20% 
is  obtained  in  favour  of  the  stronger  side  (4 
kilogrammes  562,  and  3  kilogrammes  246). 

The  result  of  these  experiments  is  that  the  degree 
of  asymmetry  is  not  identical  for  these  different 
tests. 

It  is  10%  lower  for  the  various  senses  (muscular, 

1  H.  Schouteden,  Ergographie  de  la  Main  droite  et  de  la 
main  gauche.  Annales  de  la  Societe  Roy.  des  Sciences  Nied. 
et  nat.  de  Bruxelles,  XIII,  1904. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  99 

tactile,  visual  and  auditory).  It  rises  markedly 
in  the  test  of  strength  to  16%  ;  and  it  mounts 
at  a  considerable  and  disproportionate  rate  in 
the  test  of  endurance  or  resistance  to  fatigue 
viz.,  29%.  The  table  below  represents  these 
results. 

Bi -manual   index    (degrees    of  asymmetry) 

(STUDENTS). 

/  Sensitiveness  of  touch  \ 
Table  difference 

muscle;   _T 
Sensorial    J  }•  Van  Biervhet 

Index  "  Slghtj  10% 

I          ,,         »     hearing) 

Index  of  Strength  J.  loteyko  16% 

Index  of  Resistance  to  fatigue  H.  Schouteden  29% 
(Endurance) 

We  will  not  generalise  on  these  results  ;  the 
different  co-efficients  may  vary  according  to 
circumstances,  but  it  seems  probable  that  the 
tendency  of  the  phenomena  would  remain  the 
same. 

This  difference  of  strength  and  of  endurance, 
between  the  two  hands,  is,  therefore,  very  con- 
siderable amongst  even  students  who  do  no 
manual  work.  And  we  must  not  lose  sight  of  the 
fact  that  this  is  only  one  method  x  by  which, 
in  certain  cases,  individual  differences  may 

1  \\in  Biervliet  alone  asserts  that  the  bilateral  relation 
of  sensibilities  remains  constant  for  each  individual,  even. 


ioo  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

acquire  a  much  higher  rate.  Those  who  have  made 
experiments  of  this  nature  must  often  have  been 
struck  by  the  inert  aspect  of  the  left  hand,  in  the 
case  of  many  people.  Besides,  they  say :  "I 
can  do  nothing  with  that  hand  !  that  doesn't 
count." 

In  our  opinion,  these  results  should  be  verified 
by  the  examination  of  the  strength  and  powers  of 
endurance  amongst  artisans  in  different  industries, 
in  those  which  require  the  use  of  only  one  hand 
and  in  those  which  are  ambidextrous.  We 
should  thus  obtain  a  better  utilisation  of  physical 
aptitudes.  We  might  even  go  in  for  individual 
training,  and,  by  suitable  exercises,  correct 
any  excessive  asymmetry. 

We  will  now  compare  the  degree  of  muscular 
asymmetry  amongst  men  and  amongst  women. 

According  to  Klippel,  Pitres,  Ferrari,  d'Almeida 
de  Roche,  etc.,  the  woman  has  a  greater  tendency 
towards  the  equalisation  of  the  two  sides,  which 
may  even  lead  to  the  predominance  of  the  left 
hand.  It  is  for  that  reason  that  Klippel  calls 
the  right  cerebral  hemisphere,  the  feminine  brain, 
and  the  left  cerebral  hemisphere,  the  masculine 
brain.  D'Almeida  de  Roche  considers  that 
woman  is  functionally  left-handed,  whilst  man  is 
right-handed.  Under  the  influence  of  great 
fatigue,  produced  by  a  protracted  use  of  the 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  101 

ergograph,  the  predominance  of  the  right  side  in 
man,  and  of  the  left  side  in  woman,  clearly 
appears. 

According  to  Ferrari,1  the  predominance  of 
the  left  hand  is  most  seen  under  ergographic 
experiments.  Ferrari's  female  cases  are  of  the 
most  use  as  regards  the  work  done  by  the  right 
hand,  and  with  the  dynamometer,  they  exhibit 
greater  strength  on  that  side.  But  with  the 
ergograph  it  is  just  the  opposite  :  the  flexors  of 
the  left  hand  possess  very  considerable  powers  of 
endurance,  much  greater,  comparatively,  than  is 
the  case  with  men. 

The  ergogram  given  by  the  left  hand  is  not 
only  greater  than  that  furnished  by  the  right, 
but  the  woman  has  no  sensation  of  fatigue  with 
the  left ;  women  can,  at  command,  retrace  a  new 
curve  with  their  left  hands,  possessing  the  charac- 
teristics of  the  curve  made  by  the  right  hand. 

Now,  let  us  compare  the  sexiial  signs  of  strength 
and  of  powers  of  resistance  in  the  two  sexes. 

As  regards  the  sexual  signs  of  strength,  measured 
by  the  dynamometer,  (the  general  comparison 
between  a  woman's  and  a  man's  strength),  it  is, 
according  to  our  calculations,  570-1,000,  that  is, 
a  difference  of  43%. 

1  Ferrari,  Kicerche  ergogyafichc  nella  douna,  Rivista  speri- 
mentale  di  Freniatria,  XXIV  1898. 


102          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

As  to  the  sexual  signs  of  the  powers  of  re- 
sistance, measured  by  the  ergograph  (the  general 
comparison  between  a  woman's  powers  of 
endurance  in  work,  and  those  of  a  man),  it  is 
639-1,000,  that  is  a  difference~of  36%,  according 
to  Schouteden's  experiments. 

The  result  of  these  experiments  is,  that  the 
ergographic  power  is  proportionally  more  developed 
amongst  women  than  amongst  men.  Amongst 
women,  their  powers  of  endurance  when  at  work 
give  them  the  strength  for  momentary  effort ; 
but  woman  is  more  able  to  produce  a 
sustained  moderate  effort  than  to  make  a  great 
momentary  effort. 

These  experimental  conclusions  agree  with 
Mosso's  statements.  The  size  of  a  muscle  is  a 
distinct  thing  from  its  capacity  to  furnish  a  large 
amount  of  work  over  a  long  period ;  it  will 
enable  a  man  to  raise  a  heavier  weight,  but  it  will 
not  enable  him  to  lift  a  moderate  weight  a  greater 
number  of  times.  The  different  results  which 
are  observable  amongst  women  and  amongst 
men,  betwen  the  two  methods  of  the  quantitative 
reckoning  of  mucular  strength,  therefore,  furnish 
us  with  a  means  of  appreciating  the  qualitative 
difference  which  exists  between  the  two  sexes 
from  the  point  of  view  of  strength  :  as  oft 
repeated  moderate  effort  suits  the  woman  better 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  103 

than  a  maximun  effort  made  all  at  once.  This 
idea,  which  may  be  applied  to  industrial  labour, 
acquires  quite  a  peculiar  interest  at  the  present 
time,  when  women's  labour  has  become  so  much 
more  general.  We  see  the  necessity  of  a  most 
careful  selection  of  working  women  with  regard 
to  their  muscular  powers,  for  individual  differences 
are  very  clearly  marked. 

Ever  since  1899,  we  have  insisted  on  the  absence 
of  a  complete  correlation  between  the  dynamo- 
metric  test  and  the  ergographic  test,  even  from  the 
point  of  view  of  the  individual. 

This  idea  is  in  perfect  accord  with  other  observa- 
tions which  clearly  establish  the  fact  that  the 
woman  has  greater  powers  of  endurance  than  the 
man,  even  from  the  absolute  point  of  view.  Hence 
the  quotient  of  mortality  amongst  women  is  less 
than  that  amongst  men,  except  during  certain 
periods  of  life  ;  16  women  of  103  years  of  age 
may  be  reckoned  against  one  man  of  the  same  age. 

At  all  ages  there  are  more  women  than  men, 
although  more  boys  than  girls  are  born.  At  the 
end  of  the  first  year,  of  100,000  born  alive  of  both 
sexes,  the  difference  in  favour  of  the  female  sex 
is  2,677,  and  this  difference  attains  its  maximum, 
6,739,  at  the  age  of  67  years.  Certain  Insurances 
which  grant  pensions,  increase  the  annual  pre- 
mium payable  by  women  by  50%.  There  is  an 


104          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

excess  in  masculine  births  and  an  excess  in  fe- 
minine life. 

Other  proofs  of  this  are  supplied  by  the  very 
causes  which  determine  sex. 

Amongst  these  causes  there  is  one,  the  im- 
portance of  which  is  sufficiently  well  proved. 
It  is  recognised  in  the  animal  world,  as  well  as 
in  the  human,  that  the  determination  of  sex  is 
made  under  the  influence  of  nutritive  conditions, 
and  that  good  conditions  favour  the  production  of 
the  feminine  type.  The  statistics  collected  by 
Rene  Worms  l  in  France,  are  very  significant  in 
this  respect.  He  studied,  not  only  the  cases  of 
children  born  alive,  but  also  of  still-born  children  ; 
these  latter  had  never  been  included  in  statistics, 
which  led  to  the  latter  being  incorrect. 

The  theory  of  nutrition  enables  us  to  take  into 
account  the  feebleness  of  the  male  as  well  as  the 
excess  of  masculine  births.  Nutrition  being 
dependent  on  economic  conditions,  the  con- 
necting link  between  biological  and  social  pheno- 
mena was  seized.  According  to  Worms,  the 
progress  of  wealth  and  general  well-being  reduces 
both  the  birth-rate  and  the  number  of  male  births. 
The  poor  departments  of  France  (Lozere,  Mor- 
bihan)  shew  an  equality  in  grown-up  males.  In 


1  K.    Worms,    La   scxualite   dans   Irs    iidissuncrs  /;-</;/r,.'/.v.s. 
Vol.  de  237  p,  Paris  1912,  Giard  and  Brirn  . 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  105 

Paris  the  excess  of  males  falls  to  the  minimum 
when  the  parents  are  of  the  same  age,  whilst  it 
rises  again  when  the  disparity  of  age  between 
husband  and  wife  is  greater.  It  is  higher 
amongst  working  men  than  amongst  employers. 
It  went  up  slightly  after  the  war  of  1870.  To 
these  returns,  we  will  add  that  the  figures  we  have 
had  occasion  to  collect  during  the  present  world- 
war,  shew  a  larger  excess  of  male  births  than  is 
usual. 

We'l  before  WTorms,  Niceforo,  the  Italian,1 
seems,  in  his  book  on  the  poorer  classes,  which 
was  published  in  1905,  to  partly  maintain  the 
same  thesis.  William  J.  Thomas  (1897)  also 
considered  that  the  poor  populations  shewed  a 
larger  proportion  of  male  births  than  the  wealthy. 
Raseri  proved  that  in  years  of  famine  and  of  war, 
more  boys  than  girls  were  born. 

Worms'  statistics  are,  nevertheless,  the  most 
complete,  and  justify  the  construction  of  the 
nutrition  theory  on  solid  grounds.  How  are 
these  facts  to  be  explained  which  seem  to  be 
opposed  to  the  ordinary  belief  that  the  man  has, 
as  a  rule,  greater  strength  than  the  woman  ? 
If  the  woman,  says  Worms,  is  born  with  more 
abundant  alimentary  reserves,  that  would  facili- 

1  A.  Niceforo,  Les  Classes  pauvres.  Recherches  unfhro- 
•bologiques  ci  sociales.  Vol.  dc  244  p.  Paris  1905  Giarcl  and 
13ri6re. 


io6          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

tate  her  existence,  but  it  would  restrain  her  from 
an  activity  which  might  increase  her  powers 
and  her  social  productiveness.  Selection  is 
more  severe  for  man  and,  at  the  same  time,  more 
useful  to  him. 

De  Greef  (Brussels),  struck  by  these  results, 
has  gone  as  far  as  to  say,  that  the  sex  which  is 
pretended  to  be  the  weaker,  is  really  the  stronger, 
it  has  the  greater  powers  of  resistance  to  the 
forces  which  destroy  life  ;  it  is  also  the  more 
difficult  to  produce  ;  it  requires  the  most 
advantageous  conditions.  Zoologists  consider 
that  the  female  is  the  strong  sex,  and  that  the  male 
is  the  beautiful  one. 

Let  us  examine  this  opinion  and  put  ourselves 
the  question  of  finding  out  if  the  female  sex  can 
really  be  called  "  strong." 

The  answer  must  be  supplied  by  physiology, 
and  not  by  sociology,  or  even  zoology.  A 
greater  "  vitality "  is  not  the  equivalent  of 
strength.  And  besides,  the  word  "  vitality  "  is 
not  well  chosen  ;  we  are  dealing  with  longevity, 
with  "  viability,"  as  it  were.  Strength  and 
longevity  might  even  be  opposed  to  one  another: 
Let  us  consult  anthropometric  results. 

The  figures  given  below  represent  the  female 
quantities  expressed  in  masculine  hundredths. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  107 

Height   and   weight    of   the   body   88-5   to   94 

(from    100). 

Weight  of  the  brain,  90   (Broca  is  different). 
Weight  of  skeleton  (femur),  62-5. 
CO. 2  exhaled  in  24  hours  64-5  (day  labourer), 

(Andral  and  Gavarret  1843). 
Vital  Capacity  (18  years),  72-6  (Pagliani,  1876). x 
Force    of    pressure    on    dynamometer    (hands) 

57-1    (labourer,    loteyko). 

Force  of   traction    on  dynamometer  (bringing 
the    muscles    of    the    back    in    play)    52-6 
(Ouetelet,    1869). 
Test  of  power  of  resistance  to  fatigue  (ergograph) 

63    (Schouteden). 

This  table  shews  that,  in  a  general  way,  the 
woman  is  to  the  man,  from  the  physical  point  of 
view,  as  80  to  100,  which  is  what  Manouarier  also 
affirms,  but  the  co-efficients  are  very  unequal 
according  to  the  information  given.  The  result 
is  the  lowest  where  it  relates  to  momentary  effort 
measured  by  the  dynamometer  (57%  and  even 
52%)  :  the  strength  of  the  man  is  almost  double 
that  of  the  woman.  This  last  test  is  charac- 
teristic of  strength ;  it  necessitates  a  sharp, 
sudden  effort,  an  energetic  and  rapid  discharge  of 
nervous  energy.  This  is  an  attribute  of  the 
masculine  sex. 

1  By  Testing  respiratory  organs  by  the  spirometer. 


loS  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

The  facts  will  appear  still  more  significant  when 
we  examine  the  development  of  dynamometric 
force  in  connection  with  the  age  of  children. 
Girls  are  weaker  than  boys  at  all  ages,  but  the 
difference  is  slight  up  to  the  age  of  n  years,  and 
it  increases  steadily  after  that  age.  The  difference 
in  the  curves  for  boys  and  girls,  become  more  and 
more  accentuated  as  they  approach  the  age  of 
puberty.  Furthermore,  the  girls'  strength  ceases 
to  increase  to  any  extent  in  certain  curves,  after 
the  age  of  14  years. 

And  if  we  compare  the  development  of 
muscular  strength  with  those  of  other  anthropo- 
metric  aptitudes,  we  discover  other  differences 
that  are  no  less  characteristic.  The  difference  in 
weight  and  in  stature  between  the  adult  man 
and  woman,  is  about  10%  in  favour  of  the  man. 
But  at  one  given  point  of  growth  (towards  the 
period  of  puberty),  girls  are  superior  to  boys  in 
this  respect.  This  superiority  lasts  three  years 
for  the  stature,  and  seven  years  for  weight. 
Now,  preponderating  strength  is  never  for  a 
moment  in  their  lives,  shewn  by  girls  ;  Con- 
sequently, even  when  the  weight  and  height  of  girls 
is  greater  than  that  of  boys,  their  muscular  strength 
does  not,  in  consequence,  suffer  any  increase. 
Muscular  strength  is,  therefore,  in  certain  respects 
independent  of  general  growth.  It  is  in  the 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  109 

highest  degree  a  characteristic  of  sex.  It  is  at 
the  period  of  puberty  that  the  difference  in 
muscular  strength  is  accentuated  and  definitely 
established. 

Anthropologists,  when  studying  the  difference 
between  the  sexes  must,  therefore,  not  forget  this 
striking  fact  :  in  the  law  of  physiological  differ- 
ences, muscular  force  (momentary  effort),  con- 
stitutes a  specific  characteristic  of  the  masculine 
sex.  To  this,  one  might  add  the  difference  in  the 
elevation  of  the  voice.  Men  of  small  stature  are 
muscularly  stronger  than  even  tall  women, 
and  they  have  deeper  voices.  The  difference  in 
strength  is  partly  because  men  have  larger  masses 
of  muscles,  and  partly  to  peculiar  qualities  of  their 
motor  system. 

But  the  woman  has,  comparatively,  more  power 
of  resistance.  In  certain  cases  this  greater  power 
of  endurance  is  absolute,  as  in  resistance  to 
sickness,  in  her  longevity,  in  the  determining 
cause  of  sex.  In  other  cases,  it  is  relative,  as  in 
the  ergographic  test.  The  co-efficient  is,  in  this 
case,  equal  to  63%,  whereas  in  the  dynamometer 

it  is  57%. 

Now,  the  metabolic  (changing)  conditions 
(of  nutrition),  are  quite  different  in  the  case 
of  strength,  and  in  the  case  of  "  endurance." 
The  exhibition  of  strength  demands  a  sharp, 


no          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

violent  expenditure  of  energy,  and  is  followed 
consecutively  by  exhaustion,  during  which 
strength  is  renewed  and  nutrition  obtained. 
Thus  the  action  is  intermittent,  only  a  limited 
quantity  of  nutritious  matter  being  parted  with 
on  condition  that  it  is  rapidly  replaced.  These 
two  conditions,  the  power  of  acting  instan- 
taneously under  a  stimulating  impulse,  and  the 
ability  to  rapidly  replace  the  losses  suffered, 
are  the  characteristics  of  strength. 

It  is  quite  different  with  the  power  of  endurance. 
That  requires  a  slow  and  gradual  expenditure  of 
energy,  accompanied  by  little  fatigue,  or  even 
immunity  from  it.  Neither  must  we  lose  sight  of 
the  fact,  that  resistance  may  also  be  purely 
passive,  even  in  muscular  work  (inertia  of  the 
bones  and  articulations).  The  work  of  endurance 
is  incontestably  more  economical,  more  produc- 
tive, and  less  exhausting  than  the  expenditure  of 
spontaneous  force.  Each  of  these  forms  of  energy 
has  its  uses,  and  its  necessities,  each  represents  a 
distinct  function. 

It  follows  that  we  may  again  accept  an  old 
physiological  idea  which  pretended  that  man  is 
above  all  a  "  katabolic  "  being  (breaking  down), 
that  woman  is  an  "  anabolic  "  being  (building  up). 
This  anabolism,  peculiar  to  woman,  is  surely 
directly  connected  with  the  maternal  functions 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  in 

allotted  to  her.  In  creating  lives,  woman  does  not 
transform  energy,  she  bestows  it  in  its  nutritive 
and  chemical  form. 

Man  personifies  strength,  the  woman  is  the 
expression  of  endurance.  This  resisting  power  in 
woman  should  dispel  many  accepted  prejudices, 
which  have  represented  her  as  "  eternally  woun- 
ded," and  needing  care  every  hour  of  her  life. 
Now,  except  under  certain  conditions,  it  is  only 
in  pathological  cases  that  this  is  true.  Under  the 
usual  physiological  conditions,  woman  is  vigorous, 
full  of  resistance,  and  robust  ;  and  during  this 
European  war,  has  not  the  work  done  by  women 
in  every  sphere  of  life  (including  work  in  munition 
factories),  and  in  every  belligerent  country, 
given  one  more  proof  of  the  enormous  amount  of 
energy  and  power  of  endurance  of  which  that  sex 
is  capable,  which  has  been  called  "  weak  "  by 
superficial  observers,  who  are  now  recognised  as 
having  been  mistaken. 

The  physical  inferiority  of  women  from  the 
point  of  view  of  "  strength,"  properly  so  called, 
which  is  proved  by  her  having  a  much  less  well 
developed  muscular  system  than  that  of  man, 
is,  we  believe,  congenital,  nevertheless  that 
inferiority  has  been  considerably  increased  by 
want  of  exercise,  in  following  the  law  of  least 
resistance.  The  original  cause  (of  a  biological 


H2  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

kind),  has  created  a  certain  predisposition,  a 
dislike  common  to  most  young  girls,  with  regard 
to  physical  exercises.  This  repugnance  should 
be  overcome,  because,  on  account  of  the  law  of 
the  least  resistance  having  come  into  play,  it  has 
passed  physiological  limits.  It  might  become 
morbid  if  a  suitable  physical  education  did  not 
correct  this  predisposition  to  a  sedentary  life,  and 
thus  lead  to  all  those  evil  results  to  health 
that  might  follow  in  its  wake. 


2. — A       NEW       THEORY      OF       RIGHT-HANDEDNESS. 
THE    PSYCHO-PHYSIOLOGICAL   THEORY. 

We  cannot,  within  the  compass  of  this  book, 
deal  with  all  the  different  theories  that  have 
been  advanced  in  explanation  of  the  origin  of 
right  and  left-handedness.1  One  thing  seems 
certain,  and  that  is,  that  asymmetry  is  con- 
genital, but  that  it  has  been  considerably  increased 
by  the  almost  exclusive  use  of  the  right  hand. 

Amongst  recent  theories  may  be  mentioned 
that  which  has  been  put  forward  by  Herber.2 

1  See  :    J.     loteyko,     Theorie    psycho-physiologique    de    la 
droiterie.     Revue  philosophique,  June  and  July,   1916. 

2  J.    Herber  ;    Essai   d'une  theorie  cliniqne   de  la   droiterie. 
Memorandum  laid  before  the  Academie  de  Medecine  12  Nov. 
1912. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  113 

This  doctor,  convinced  that  the  only  cause  of 
right-handedness  was  a  clinical  one,  asserted, 
as  the  result  of  prolonged  and  extensive  obser- 
vations, that  the  sufferings,  movements,  and  efforts 
of  the  left  side  of  the  body  react  so  powerfully 
on  the  heart  that  it  is  only  natural,  in  following 
the  law  of  least  resistance,  that  man  should  have 
almost  exclusively  developed  the  use  of  his 
right  hand. 

The  agonising  attacks  in  the  chest  (angina 
pectoris)  during  which  the  pain  in  the  heart  so 
constantly  reaches  to  the  left  arm,  might  lead  to 
the  belief  that  there  are  connections  between 
the  two  organs  undiscovered  by  dissection. 
Other  observations  have  established  the  effect 
of  lesions  of  the  left  arm  on  the  heart.  Potain 
and  his  pupil  Lasegue,  have  described  a  series  of 
experiments  in  which  lesions  of  the  left  arm 
caused  palpitations,  or  anginal  troubles  or 
hypertrophy  of  the  heart. 

Neuralgia  in  the  veins  of  the  left  arm,  or  the 
amputation  of  the  left  arm,  may  bring  cardiac 
maladies  in  their  train.  According  to  Oilier, 
Huchard,  and  other  clinical  surgeons,  experi- 
ments clearly  shew  that  the  lesions  of  the  whole 
of  the  left  side  of  the  body  may  react  on  the 
heart.  Amongst  invalids,  rather  violent  move- 
ments of  the  left  arm  cause  cardiac  attacks. 

H 


U4          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

There  are  probably  anatomical  connections 
which,  unknown  as  yet,  will  explain  these  clinical 
symptoms,  and  shew  the  action  of  the  heart  upon 
the  whole  of  the  left  side  of  the  body. 

This  hypothesis,  as  to  the  origin  of  right- 
handedness,  published  by  Dr.  Herber  in  1912, 
had  been  recognised  by  us  as  early  as  1907,  and, 
so  as  to  test  it,  we  started  some  experiments 
which  we  did  not  make  known  until  1916.  Our 
point  of  departure  was  the  following.  Right- 
handedness  is  certainly  not  acquired  by  indivi- 
duals, it  is  a  phenomenon  common  to  man,  and 
has  existed  from  all  time,  though  in  a  less  degree. 
Hence,  there  must  be  some  important  cause  to 
account  for  its  origin.  The  various  theories  and 
hypotheses  advanced  by  different  writers  are  not 
satisfying,  even  though  they  very  likely 
contain  some  part  of  the  truth.  Now,  when 
speaking  of  right-handedness,  or  left-handedness, 
it  is  first  of  all  necessary  to  keep  "  strength  " 
in  view,  as  a  distinctive  characteristic ;  skill 
is  a  differentiation  of  evolution,  whilst  strength 
is  primitive. 

Now,  amongst  the  effects  of  muscular  labour, 
that  which  it  exercises  on  the  heart,  is  certainly 
the  most  important  to  the  organism  as  a  whole. 
The  heart-beats  are  quickened,  and  that  to  a  very 
considerable  extent.  The  over-strain  of  the  heart 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  115 

is  often  brought  about  by  too  much  physical 
work.1 

In  physical  exercises,  the  first  thing  that  it  is 
necessary  to  avoid  is  over-taxing  the  heart.  And, 
moreover,  death  from  fatigue,  which  does  occa- 
sionally occur,  in  very  exceptional  cases  (the 
classical  example  is  that  of  the  runner  of  Mara- 
thon), is  due  to  the  stopping  of  the  heart.  That 
organ  first  of  all  precipitates  its  beats  and  ends 
by  becoming  exhausted. 

Heart,  fatigue  is,  therefore,  the  rock  to  be 
avoided  when  taking  muscular  exercise  in  the 
widest  sense,  and  an  excess  of  exercise  is  exacted, 
when  a  man  no  longer  has  only  his  own  weight  to 
bear,  but  also  performs  supplementary  mechanical 
work  in  displacing  heavy  weights. 

It  would  seem  natural  therefore,  to  admit 
a  priori,  that  some  mechanical  automatic 
regulator  must  exist  in  man,  some  protective 
mechanism  to  act  in  conjunction  with  the  heart, 
whereby  the  consequences  of  too  great  a  strain 
are  avoided.  And  we  have  thought  that  this 
protective  element  might  very  likely  be  found 
in  right-handedness,  by  inciting  man  to  by  pre- 
ference use,  in  the  performance  of  heavy  work, 
either  the  right  hand  only,  or  both  hands  together, 

1  See  our  article  Fatigue  in  Ch.    Richel's    Dictionnaire   de 
Physiologie,    Alcan. 


n6          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

but  always  saving  the  left  hand  from  working 
by  itself,  which,  by  its  situation  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  heart,  seems  likely  to  be  in  closer 
touch  with  that  organ  than  the  right  hand. 

We  have  submitted  our  theory  to  experiment. 
We  advance  it,  not  as  a  clinical  theory,  but  as 
a  psycho-physiological  theory  of  right-handedness, 
seeing  that  we  attribute  to  it  a  biological  and 
psychical  significance. 

These  experiments  were  begun  in  1907,  in 
collaboration  with  Mile  V.  Kipiani,  and  were 
continued  during  several  winters,  in  the  psycho- 
physiological  laboratory  of  the  Brussels  University, 
on  some  of  the  students  .there — male  and  female. 
Herber  quotes  a  certain  number  of  pathological 
cases  which  support  our  opinion  and  which 
completes  it  on  the  clinical  side.  But  his 
opinion,  in  spite  of  that,  remains  purely  theoretical. 
That  is  why  we  think  it  may  be  well  to  make  our 
experiments  known,  as  they  furnish  an  experi- 
mental contribution  to  the  problem.  We  will 
now  describe  our  experiments.  We  admit  then, 
theoretically,  that  the  same  muscular  work 
achieved  by  the  left  hand  should  be  more  harmful 
to  the  heart  than  that  identical  work  when  done 
by  the  right  hand.  As  a  criterion  of  cardiac 
fatigue  one  may  examine  the  acceleration  of 
cardiac  beats,  resulting  from  the  work  of  each  hand. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  117 

The  experiments  were  made  on  32  people, 
students  of  our  course  of  psychology  in  the 
psycho-physiological  laboratory  in  the  Brussels 
University  (22  male  students,  10  female),  of  about 
20  years  of  age.  The  work  required  of  each  arm 
was  the  following  :  the  fore-arm  being  bent  on 
the  arm,  a  weight  of  2  kg.  and  a  half  was  given 
the  student  to  hold  in  his  hand.  And,  following 
the  rhythm  of  a  metronome,  the  student  (standing 
in  upright  position),  had  to  raise  this  weight  above 
his  head  until  the  upper  arm  was  extended  to  the 
full,  every  two  seconds.  The  men  were  required 
to  raise  the  arm  30  times,  the  women  20. 

The  general  trend  of  the  experiment  was  this. 
The  students  were  assembled  in  a  neighbouring 
room  and  each  one  came  into  the  laboratory  alone. 
Once  there,  they  were  required  to  keep  absolutely 
quiet  for  several  minutes.  One  knows,  as  a 
matter  of  fact,  that  it  is  enough  to  take  just  a  few 
steps  for  the  pulse  to  become  distinctly  quicker. 
After  this  rest,  the  rapidity  of  the  radial  pulse 
per  minute  was  taken  (by  means  of  simple 
palpation)  and  the  number  of  pulsations  was 
written  down  as  the  normal  state.  After  which, 
the  student  executed  the  movements  described, 
with  one  hand.  The  number  of  pulsations  was 
then  immediately  noted.  The  student  then  left 
the  laboratory  and  waited  in  the  adjoining  room, 


n8          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

leaving  the  field  clear  for  other  experiments.  He 
returned  at  the  end  of  at  least  half  an  hour  and 
the  same  experiment  was  then  made  upon  him 
on  the  opposite  side.  In  the  third  place  the  effect 
on  the  heart  of  performing  the  work  with  both 
hands  simultaneously  was  studied,  each  hand 
holding  2\  kilograms. 

In  other  experiments  the  dynamometric  strength 
of  all  the  students  was  measured  so  as  to  separate 
the  right  from  the  left-handed,  or,  more  accurately, 
to  discover  which  were  stronger  on  one  side  than 
on  the  other.  All  these  experiments  were  made 
on  different  occasions  upon  each  person,  and  in 
spite  of  a  co-efficient  error,  inevitable  in  experi- 
ments of  this  kind,  they  gave  very  clear  results. 
The  task  required  was  a  very  tiring  one,  (judging 
from  those  on  whom  it  was  tried,  and  also  by 
noticing  their  attitudes),  the  respiration  was 
halting,  and  the  complexion  flushed. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  119 

GENERAL    TABLE. 

Acceleration  of  the  radial  pulse  under  the  influence 
of  Muscular  Exertion. 

(32   subjects). 


GROUPS 

Work  with  the 
right  arm 
quickens  pulse 
per  minute. 

Work  with 
left  arm 
quickens  pulse 
per  minute. 

Simultaneous 
work  with 
both  arms 
quickens  pulse 
per  minute. 

Pulsations 

Pulsations 

Pulsations 

Left-handed  men 

5-i 

6-5 

107 

Right-handed  men 

6-4 

7-1 

7-2 

Left-handed  women 

4-0 

9-2 

9-0 

Right-handed  women 

4-0 

7-2 

9-0 

Averages 

4-87 

7'5 

8-97 

We  will  first  consider  the  general  conclusions 
to  be  drawn  from  this  table  and  we  will  next 
examine  the  differences,  by  groups. 

The  general  averages  (taken  by  including  the 
men  and  women  together — the  right  and  the  left- 
handed)  shew  that  exhausting  work  when  accom- 
plished by  the  left  hand,  produces  a  more  intense 
(more  injurious]  effect  on  the  heart,  than  the  same 
work  when  performed  by  the  right  hand ;  the 


120          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

difference  is  equal  to  about  one  third.  In  causing 
both  hands  to  work  together  and  consequently  by 
causing  a  double  effort  in  the  same  space  of  time, 
the  cardiac  acceleration  is  not  the  total  of  the  two 
accelerations  together  but  it  is  less  by  one  quarter. 

In  passing  on  to  the  groups  we  obtain  more 
precise  results. 

Amongst  right-handed  men,  the  effect  on  the 
heart  is  almost  identical  in  the  case  of  work  with 
either  hand,  as  well  as  when  both  hands  work 
together.  The  advantage  of  bi-manual  work 
is  clearly  shewn. 

Amongst  right-handed  women,  the  results 
differ,  in  that  the  work  done  by  the  left  hand 
exhausts  the  heart  almost  twice  as  much  as  the 
work  done  by  the  right  hand.  Bi-manual  work 
is  an  advantage,  but  less  than  is  the  case  with 
a  right-handed  man.  The  advantage  amounts 
to  one  fifth. 

Amongst  left-handed  men,  work  done  by  the 
left  hand  is  more  tiring  to  the  heart  than  work 
done  by  the  right  hand.  The  difference  equals 
one  fifth.  The  simultaneous  work  of  both 
hands  tires  the  heart  rather  less  than  the  total 
of  work  performed  by  each  hand  separately. 
The  difference  equals  one  tenth. 

Amongst  left-handed  women,  the  work  done  by 
the  left  hand  tires  the  heart  almost  two  and 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  121 

one  half  times  as  much  as  the  same  work  done 
by  the  right  hand.  The  simultaneous  work 
of  both  hands  tires  the  heart  to  the  same  extent 
as  that  done  by  the  left  hand. 

We  can  now  interpret  these  results  and  draw 
some  conclusions  from  them. 

The  fatigue  of  the  heart,  which  appears  to  be 
much  greater  among  women,  who  work  with  their 
left  hands,  than  amongst  men,  may  be  attributed 
to  two  causes.  The  test  was  certainly  more 
exhausting  for  them  than  for  the  men.  They, 
in  fact,  frequently  complained  of  it.  In  the 
second  place,  we  attribute  to  the  woman  greater 
cardiac  excitability  than  to  men.  When  ques- 
tioned on  this  point,  several  of  our  female  students 
stated  that  they  not  infrequently  experienced 
palpitations. 

Amongst  the  left-handed,  men  as  well  as  women, 
the  work  done  with  the  left  hand  is  more  injurious 
to  the  heart  than  that  done  by  the  right  hand, 
but  the  difference  is  less  marked  in  the  case  of  the 
man  (left-handed),  it  is  very  marked  in  the  case 
of  the  woman  (left-handed). 

One  can  therefore,  say,  that  two  essential  conditions 
make  work  with  the  left  hand  particularly  injurious 
to  the  heart :  on  the  one  hand,  left-handedness 
(predominance  of  strength  on  the  left  side),  and, 
on  the  other,  the  feminine  sex. 


122  THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

As  regards  the  simultaneous  work  of  both  hands, 
this  presents  considerable  advantages,  for  right- 
handed  and  for  left-handed  people  as  well,  both  for 
men  as  for  women. 

We  see  the  idea  which  served  as  our  point  of 
departure  clearly  confirmed — we  know  that  work 
performed  with  the  left  hand  must  produce  a 
more  injurious  effect  on  the  heart  than  the  same 
work  performed  with  the  right  hand. 

And  it  is  with  a  certain  degree  of  probability 
that  we  recognise  that  the  original  cause  of 
right-handedness  is  due  to  defensive  mechanism, 
intended  to  protect  the  heart  against  the  effects  of 
the  great  strain  caused  by  the  excessive  use  of 
the  left  hand.  The  results  of  these  experiments 
shew  also  a  very  remarkable  gradation  which 
cannot  be  due  to  chance. 

It  is  clear  that  the  degree  of  harmfulness  due  to 
working  with  the  left  hand  is  not  the  same  under 
all  circumstances.  Various  pedagogic  and  in- 
dustrial conclusions  flow  from  this.  Observe 
that  the  work  exacted  was  of  a  kind  to  require, 
from  the  subjects  of  it,  as  great  an  aptitude  from 
the  point  of  view  of  strength  as  from  the  point 
of  view  of  powers  of  endurance.  In  this  the 
woman  is  clearly  shewn  to  be  the  inferior.  From 
this  it  follows  that  the  danger  to  be  avoided  for 
them  in  the  exercises  used  in  physical  education, 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  123 

as  well  as  in  industrial  work,  is  the  performance 
of  work  which  puts  too  great  a  strain  on  the  heart. 
Careful  supervision  should  be  exercised  in  this 
respect,  even  in  normal  cases. 

In  cases  of  cardiac  disease,  the  woman  should 
be  dismissed  from  certain  kinds  of  hard  work. 
But  do  not  let  us  forget  that  work  with  the  right 
hand  or  bi-manual  work  may  often  be  allowed. 

As  regards  the  greater  fatigue  shewn  by  the 
left-handed,  working  with  the  left  hand,  to  the 
right-handed,  working  under  the  like  conditions, 
the  explanation  is  still  surrounded  with  great 
obscurity.  But  it  seems  very  probable  that 
the  left-handed  person,  who  is  strongest  on  the 
left  side,  is  naturally  inclined  to  develop  a  larger 
total  of  work  on  that  side.  The  result  of  this  is, 
a  warning  to  left-handed  people  (those  who  in 
preference  if  not  exclusively  use  their  left  hand), 
to  avoid  certain  heavy  employments,  such  as 
unloading  of  goods,  removing  of  furniture,  etc., 
at  least  unless  they  have,  through  suitable 
training,  become  ambidextrous. 

The  clear  result  of  these  experiments  is,  that 
it  is  more  dangerous  for  a  person  to  be  very 
markedly  left-handed  than  right-handed.  Left- 
handedness  appears,  to  the  present  writer,  to 
be  a  defective  adaptation,  it  is  necessary  to 
correct  it.  The  left  hand,  therefore,  in  the  case 


124          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

of  a  left-handed  person,  should  not  be  developed 
from  the  point  of  view  of  strength,  because  then 
it  will  be  used  to  excess,  and  will  produce  great 
fatigue  of  the  heart.  In  developing  their  right 
hand,  and  placing  it,  as  far  as  possible,  on  an 
equality  with  the  left,  ambidextrous  conditions  of 
work  will  be  created,  and  those  are  the  most 
advantageous  of  all.  In  no  cases,  however,  will  it 
be  possible  to  change  the  left-handed  into  right- 
handed  people,  seeing  that,  with  them,  the  right 
hand  hemisphere  is  more  developed,  and  con- 
genitaly  more  perfect  than  the  left  hand  hemis- 
phere. The  left-handed  persons  will  thus  remain 
left-handed  for  the  more  complicated  kinds  of 
work,  works  of  skill,  such  as  do  not  require  great 
muscular  effort. 

In  conclusion  then,  it  is  the  over-work  of  the 
left  hand  that  should  be  avoided,  and  that  more 
in  the  case  of  the  left  than  the  right  handed, 
more  in  the  case  of  women  than  of  men,  more  in 
the  case  of  people  with  excitable  hearts,  and 
above  all,  in  the  case  of  those  suffering  from 
heart  disease.1  Amongst  right-handed  men,  the 
harmlessness  of  working  with  the  left  hand  only 
is  only  apparent ;  as  a  matter  of  fact  we  have 

1  If  the  left-handed  people  were  completely  inverted,  that  is 
to  say,  if  their  hearts  were  on  the  right  sid'e  of  their  bodies, 
it  would  be  working  with  their  right  hands  that  would  be 
harmful  to  th^m.  But  the  inversion  of  the  viscera  is  ex- 
tremely rare. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  125 

only  had  to  do  with  remarkably  robust  individuals; 
injurious  effects  might  have  made  themselves 
felt  after  more  arduous  work. 

The  teacher,  even  whilst  respecting  natural 
tendencies,  should  institute  exercises  amongst 
his  right-handed  pupils  too,  especially  amongst 
those  markedly  right-handed,  for  the  correction 
of  what  is  excessive,  and  to  allow  of  the  child's 
making  use  of  both  hands. 

Why  not  praise  bi-manual  education  (a  term 
which  we  prefer  to  ambidexterity),  when  we  see 
its  excellent  results  in  those  experiments  where 
the  work  was  accomplished  by  both  hands 
simultaneously  ?  The  result  does  not  seem 
insignificant  when  we  compare  the  figures  given 
by  Orchanski,  who  says  that,  at  the  present  time, 
25%  of  the  trades  require  the  simultaneous 
development  of  both  hands.  This  necessity  for 
the  use  of  both  hands,  we  may  add,  is  very  clearly 
apparent  in  the  occupation  of  a  soldier  ;  we  may 
be  allowed  to  say  that  an  ambidextrous  education, 
if  begun  in  childhood,  should  certainly  have  most 
unexpected  results  in  that  relation. 

Our  theories  of  right-handedness  go  beyond  the 
limits  of  pure  physiology  ;  we  have,  moreover, 
called  them  psycho -physiological.  It  is,  as 
a  matter  of  fact,  very  probable,  that  the 
right  hand  has  developed  greater  strength  on 


126          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

account  of  the  reasons  given.  It  is  a  superiority 
acquired  during  man's  phylogenetic  develop- 
ment. This  supremacy  carries  others  in  its  train. 
The  work  of  the  right  hand  has  reacted  on  the 
left  hemisphere,  and  has  produced  its  supremacy, 
and  that  not  only  from  the  psycho-motor  stand- 
point, but  also  from  the  point  of  view  of  sensi- 
tiveness, skill,  and  intelligence,  because  of  the 
connections  existing  between  the  different  centres. 
The  difference  between  the  two  hemispheres, 
at  first  physiological,  has,  in  the  course  of  time, 
become  psychological. 

In  fact,  it  has  been  proved  that  asymmetry  not 
only  bears  on  the  centres  of  perception,  it  also 
affects  the  centres  of  speech,  of  recognition  (the 
loss  of  which  produces  amnesia,  or  the  impossi- 
bility of  recognising  objects  or  signs),  and  the 
powers  of  co-ordination  (the  loss  of  which  con- 
stitutes ataxia  or  the  impossibility  of  executing 
the  proper  movements  for  arriving  at  a  given 
place.  We  will  not  penetrate  into  the  region 
of  the  centres  of  association.  Now,  these  centres, 
among  right-handed  people,  are  localized  on 
the  left  side. 

We  believe  that  it  is  due  to  the  operation  of 
the  law  of  least  resistance,  that  the  left  hand  has 
been  condemned  to  inaction,  and  the  right  hand 
has  acquired  an  exaggerated  development.  This 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  127 

one-sided  localization  of  a  great  many  of  the 
centres  of  perception,  and  of  the  centres  of  asso- 
ciation, seems  to  us  to  be  acquired  and  is  cer- 
tainly not  free  from  danger  to  the  healthy 
integrity  of  cerebral  action.  It  has  passed  its 
functional  destiny  by  a  long  way. 


3. — AMBIDEXTROUS    EDUCATION. 

The  practical  conclusion  come  to  in  the  prece- 
ding chapter  is  as  follows  :  Ambidextrous  educa- 
tion has  for  its  aim,  the  correction  of  the  excessive 
supremacy  of  one  hand  over  the  other,  a  supremacy 
which  far  surpasses  original  asymmetry,  because 
of  the  almost  exclusive  use  of  that  side  of  the 
body  that  is  best  endowed,  and  by  virtue  of  the 
law  of  least  resistance. 

This  necessity  for  correction  being  admitted, 
the  degree  should  be  decided  on.  Now,  the 
law  of  least  resistance  has  been  so  effective, 
that  the  training  for  the  work  of  all  the  industries 
of  civilisation  is  based  on  the  activities  of  one 
hand  only,  and  one  cerebral  hemisphere  only. 
The  increased  growth  of  asymmetry  is  proved  by 
means  of  the  dynamometer  (p.  97). 

We  have  elsewhere  refuted  Felix  Regnault's  l 

1  F.  Regnault,  Pourqiici  en  est  drottier  ?  Revue  scientifique 
13  June,  1914. 


128          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

objections,  for  he  considers  asymmetry  to  be  a 
sign  of  superiority  because  it  is  almost  unknown 
amongst  animals,  very  slightly  developed  amongst 
savages  and  very  marked  in  civilized  man,  less 
marked  amongst  women  than  amongst  men, 
amongst  children  than  amongst  adults.  This 
is  to  believe  that  our  civilization  has  brought 
us  nothing  but  progress.  Alas  !  this  is  the 
reverse  of  the  truth  !  Nothing  illustrates  this 
better  than  the  tables  relating  to  myopia,  which 
show  that  this  affection,  almost  non-existent 
amongst  the  peasantry  and  the  uncultured, 
increases  strangely  in  proportion  to  the  degree  of 
education,  up  to  the  point  of  being  most  accen- 
tuated amongst  university  men.  Yet  no  one 
would  consider  myopia  as  a  sign  of  superiority. 
It  is  an  annoying  consequence — but  avoidable — 
of  a  certain  state  of  things.  It  is  the  same  with 
asymmetry.  That  a  pathological  foundation 
would  sometimes  seem  necessary  for  the  bursting 
forth  of  genius  we  will  not  deny,  and  a  strong 
portion  of  asymmetry  may  perhaps,  in  that  re- 
spect, be  an  advantage.  But  we  have  never  seen 
pedagogy  strive  for  deformity  in  order  to  attain  to 
an  object  as  obscure  as  it  is  uncertain.  One  cannot 
consent  to  the  extinction  of  the  most  feeble  organ. 
We  commend  ambidextrous  exercises  quite  as 
much  because  they  are  healthy  for  the  practical 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  129 

centres  as  because  of  their  practical  utility.  We 
mean,  not  only  gymnastic  exercises,  but  also 
games,  manual  work,  drawing  and  writing. 

In  England,  it  was  John  Jackson,  founder  of 
the  London  Society  for  Ambidextrous  Education, 
who  became  the  promoter  of  bi-manual  educa- 
tion. The  results  were  excellent.  In  Germany, 
we  have  the  name  of  Pabst  (Leipzig)  ;  in  Belgium, 
Sleeys  and  Tensi,  Mme  Michiels,  ourselves,  and 
our  pupil,  Mile  V.  Kipiani.  In  the  United  States 
bi-manual  education  is  current  in  the  schools. 

The  wisdom  of  carrying  this  bi-manual  educa- 
tion as  far  as  the  training  of  the  left  hand  to 
write,  has  been  proved  by  Fraenkel's  clinical 
observations.  This  doctor  has  reported  cases  of 
invalids  whose  right  hand  being  paralysed,  also 
suffered  from  aphasia.  Upon  their  learning 
to  write  with  their  left  hand,  they  began  to 
develop  the  right  centre  of  language  and  thus 
regained  the  power  of  speech.  This  shews  the 
close  connection  between  speech  and  writing,  and 
the  enormous  part  played  by  writing  in  the 
development  of  cerebral  functions.  The  energy 
gained  by  bi-manual  education  is  valued  by 
Fraenkel  at  50%.  The  students,  the  labourers, 
artisans,  soldiers,  are  all  visibly  benefited. 
Writer's  cramp  will  no  longer  exist,  since  the  hand 
will  no  longer  suffer  from  over- work. 

I 


130          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

These  facts  shew  the  wisdom  of  training  the 
left  hand  to  write  and  to  draw.  The  use  of 
speech  is  one  of  the  most  intellectual  powers  of 
man,  and  drawing  is  also  connected  with  one  of 
our  highest  functions  (art), 

The  hand,  which  is  the  servant  of  the  brain 
and  one  of  the  chief  instruments  for  the  execution 
of  the  wishes  of  that  organ,  should  be  developed 
bi-laterally.  It  will  thus  become  possible  to 
develop  those  treasures  of  the  mind  which  have 
lain  hidden  in  the  dormant  cerebral  hemisphere 
condemned  to  certain  death  for  the  want  of 
cultivation.  According  to  Orchanski,  the  har- 
monious development  of  both  sides  of  the  body 
may  exercise  a  very  considerable  influence  upon 
general  development,  and  amongst  backward 
children  who  shew  difficulties  of  speech,  it  may 
help  the  acquirement  of  language.  Certain 
statements  seem  to  contradict  this  opinion. 
Thus,  Ballard  has  pointed  out  the  frequency 
of  stammering  amongst  left-handed  abnormal 
children,  who  are  taught  to  write  with  their 
right  hand.  But  we  must  not  forget  that  in 
the  left  hemisphere,  in  the  case  of  left-handed 
people,  neither  Broca  nor  Wernicke's  centre  is 
developed,  both  being  developed  in  the  right-hand 
hemisphere.  It  is  clear  that,  if  writing  can  be 
accomplished  by  one  hand,  it  will  be  done  by  the 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  131 

better  hand,  which,  in  the  case  of  a  left-handed 
person,  would  be  the  left  hand.  By  quite 
reprehensible  inconsequence,  people  try  to 
transform  the  left  into  a  right-handed  person, 
and  only  train  one  side  (the  right  hand  one), 
whose  action  on  the  centres  they  wish  to  develop 
is  nil  at  the  commencement  of  the  effort. 

Under  these  conditions,  according  to  Stier's 
opinion,  trouble  may  arise,  owing  to  a  struggle 
for  supremacy  between  the  two  hemispheres. 


4. — ALIMENTATION    AND    WORK. 

In  the  course  of  studying  the  different  con- 
ditions of  labour,1  we  have,  in  collaboration 
with  Mile  V.  Kipiani,2  examined  43  Brussels 
vegetarians,  all  healthy,  who  had  not  adopted 
this  unusual  regimen  for  therapeutic  reasons, 
but  for  moral  or  hygienic  reasons.  All  were  total 
abstainers,  and  only  used  coffee,  tea  and  choco- 
late very  sparingly.  These  people  belonged  to 
the  intellectual  class  of  workers.  We  examined 
their  dynamometric  strength,  their  powers  of 
resistance  to  fatigue  were  tested  by  the  ergograph, 
their  vital  capacity  by  means  of  the  spirometer, 

1  J.  loteyko,  Les  lois  de  i'ergographie,  Bui,  de  1'Acad.  Roy. 
de  Belgique,  classe  des  Sciences,  1904,  extract  of  174  p. 

*  J.  loteyko  and  V.  Kipiani,  Enquete  scientifique  sur  Ics 
vegetariens  de  Bruxelles.  Pamphlet  of  77  p.  Brussels,  1907. 


132          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

and  the  rapidity  of  their  nervous  reaction  by 
means  of  d'Arsonval's  chronometer.  The  com- 
parison of  the  mechanical  work  accomplished 
by  the  vegetarians,  and  that  accomplished  by 
the  omnivorous,  is  very  significant.  We  see 
how  enormously  the  vegetarians  are  benefited. 
The  omnivorous  people,  however,  with  whom 
they  were  compared,  were  rather  powerful 
University  students,  whilst  the  vegetarians  were 
in  no  case  of  herculean  appearance.  In  the 
average,  one  might  estimate  the  increase  of 
mechanical  work,  due  to  a  vegetarian  diet,  at 
50%,  if  we  omit  one  single  ergogram,  which  was 
carried  to  the  limit  of  fatigue. 

The  form  of  the  curves  gave  results  no  less 
interesting.  This  increase  in  the  mechanical 
labour  of  the  vegetarians  was  not  made  at  the 
expense  of  the  heights  of  isolated  contractions ; 
on  the  contrary,  the  contractions  in  their  cases 
were  a  little  shorter  than  those  of  the  omnivorous 
It  is  their  number  which  is  considerably  increased. 
Their  number  is  often  doubled,  nay,  even  tripled, 
amongst  the  vegetarians,  when  compared  to 
the  omnivorous.  Vegetarians  can  work  for  two 
or  three  times  as  long  as  the  omnivorous  can,  without 
becoming  exhausted.  This  effort  is  distributed 
with  greater  regularity,  amongst  vegetarians ; 
their  curve  keeps  at  one  level  for  a  long  time 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  133 

and  is  very  slow  in  its  descent.  The  curve  of  the 
non-vegetarians  is  higher  at  the  beginning,  but 
the  descent  is  rapid.  It  gives  the  impression  of 
there  being,  amongst  the  latter,  a  dissipation 
of  their  strength  at  the  beginning  of  their  work, 
and  that  their  effort  cannot  be  long  sustained. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  productivity,  it  is 
much  more  profitable  to  extend  labour  over  a 
long  period,  even  though  it  be  a  little  less  energetic, 
than  to  expend  a  greater  amount  of  energy  in  a 
short  period  only. 

A  third  point  shews  the  incontestable  superiority 
of  vegetarians.  The  recovery  from  fatigue  is 
much  more  rapid  amongst  them  than  amongst 
the  omnivorous :  two  minutes  rest  between  the 
curves,  suffice  for  the  recovery  of  the  whole  of  their 
powers  amongst  vegetarians.  Under  the  conditions 
of  the  ordinary  regimen,  ten  minutes,  at  least, 
are  required. 

As  regards  the  calculation  of  strength  by  the 
dynamometer,  the  averages  furnished  by  the 
vegetarians  are  almost  identically  the  same  as 
those  supplied  by  the  omnivorous.  No  loss  of 
strength  can  be  proved  here.  For  the  purpose  of 
comparison  we  will  use  the  experiments  already 
quoted  for  both  the  dynamometer  and  the  ergo- 
graph.1  The  vital  capacity  was  measured  by 

1  See  the  experiments  by  Schoutenden  and  by  myself. 


134          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

means  of  Verdin's  spirometer.  The  vegetarians 
shewed  a  vital  capacity  superior  to  that  of  the 
non- vegetarians  (volume  of  air  expired  after  forced 
inspiration). 

The  time  taken  for  nervous  reaction  (in  acoustic 
excitation),  is  no  longer  among  vegetarians  than 
among  non-vegetarians.  This  is  of  great  im- 
portance from  the  standpoint  of  industrial  acci- 
dents (see  p.  39). 

We  are,  therefore,  justified  in  saying  that  a 
vegetarian  working  man  would  not  be  more 
subject  to  industrial  accidents  than  an  omnivorous 
workman.  But,  as  vegetarians  tire  themselves 
less  than  the  non- vegetarians,  they  are  really 
less  liable  to  those  accidents  incidental  to  their 
work. 

Such  are  the  principal  conclusions  which 
result  from  this  impartial  enquiry,  of  which  the 
sole  purpose  was,  to  gather  scientific  information 
bearing  on  powers  of  work  under  various  experi- 
mental conditions.  They  are  entirely  in  favour 
of  a  vegetarian  diet.  The  progress  of  alimentary 
chemistry,  and  of  physiology,  has  super-abundantly 
shewn  that  an  entirely  vegetable  diet  is  compatible 
with  the  preservation  of  health  and  strength. 
On  the  other  hand,  they  have  disclosed  the  dangers 
of  a  carnivorous  diet,  the  producer  of  auto- 
toxines.  Auto-toxines  are  the  sources  of  various 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  135 

maladies  (belonging  to  the  cycle  of  arthritism) 
and  they  exercise  a  paralysing  action  on  the 
muscles.  On  the  other  hand,  we  know  that  in 
order  to  keep  the  human  body  in  good  condition, 
some  albuminoids  are  required  and  in  order  to  pro- 
duce energy,  a  good  supply  of  carbohydrates  is 
necessary.  These  latter  are  found  more  abun- 
dantly in  the  vegetable  than  in  the  animal 
kingdom.  Bouchard  has  rightly  said :  that  a 
meat  diet  is  not  conducive  to  the  performance  of 
muscular  work.  Neither  is  there  anything  to 
shew  the  necessity  or  the  utility  of  a  meat  diet, 
for  brain  work.  Only,  the  transition  from  a 
meat  to  a  vegetable  diet  is  painful  in  some  cases, 
and  strong  and  tenacious  prejudices  are  opposed 
to  the  general  adoption  of  a  vegetarian  diet. 

We  may  conclude  that,  in  tests  of  their  powers  of 
resistance  to  fatigue,  vegetarians  are  proved  to  be 
superior  to  non-vegetarians,  whilst  in  tests  of 
strength  and  in  tests  of  speed  they  are  equal  to 
them. 

These  proofs  have  an  economic  and  a  social 
bearing.  Hygienists  and  sociologists  should  not 
turn  the  working  man  away  from  a  vegetarian 
diet,  which  is  the  most  economical,  and  at  the 
same  time  the  most  productive  from  the 
stand-point  of  work,  and  may  also  be  looked 
upon  as  one  of  the  best  means  of  combating 


136          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

alcoholism.1  Unhappily,  the  idea  still  gener- 
ally obtaining  to-day,  is,  that  meat  alone  is 
strengthening. 

We  had  the  honour  of  seeing  our  book  on 
the  study  of  vegetarians,  approved  by  the 
Academy  of  Medicine.  Now,  to-day,  when  the 
necessities  of  war  have  made  it  absolutely  necessary 
to  lessen  the  consumption  of  meat,  we  have  heard 
Dr.  Maurel,  at  the  same  learned  assembly,  make 
a  speech  (in  January,  1917),  shewing  that  France 
requires  from  900  millions  to  a  billion  kilograms 
of  proteids  per  annum,  to  feed  her,  that  is  a  daily 
consumption  of  from  75-90  grammes  of  albumen 
per  adult  inhabitant.  Now,  this  amount,  said 
Dr.  Maurel,  is  largely  provided  for  her  by  the 
vegetables  she  grows — notably  by  cereals,  dry 
vegetables,  potatoes,  etc.  Furthermore,  milk 
adds  about  240  million  kilograms  of  nitrogen 
to  this.  As  to  the  meat  consumed,  even  in  the 
towns  which  use  the  most,  they  scarcely  supply 
from  25-30  grammes  of  nitrogen  per  adult — 
that  is — a  third  of  the  necessary  quantity. 
Moreover,  the  proteids  of  either  fresh  or  frozen 
meat  are  three  or  four  times  as  expensive  as 
those  provided  by  vegetables,  and,  after  a  certain 

1  Vegetarians  are  quite  naturally  abstainers,  because  they 
are  not  thirsty.  Vegetable  foods  contain  the  necessary  amount 
of  water,  and  neither  do  they  awaken  thirst  artificially,  which 
is  the  case  with  meat. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  137 

limit  is  passed,  constitute  less  healthy  food  than 
the  latter.  For  these  various  reasons,  there  is  no 
cause  for  alarm,  concluded  Dr.  Maurel,  if  our 
supply  of  meat  leaves  something  to  be  desired, 
since  our  vegetables  can  supply  us  more  cheaply, 
and  in  a  more  healthy  form,  with  the  full  quantity 
of  proteids  of  which  we  are  in  need. 

And  when  France  decided,  at  the  end  of  the 
third  year  of  the  war,  to  prohibit  the  use  of  meat 
for  two  days  a  week,  she,  at  the  same  time  minis- 
tered to  an  economic  necessity  and  a  hygienic 
need.1 

5. — USE    OF    THE    LEFT    HAND    BY    THE    WOUNDED 
AND   MUTILATED. 

(Some   Scientific   Rules  for   Re-education). 

The  problem  of  re-educating  those  wounded 
in  the  war,2  revives  certain  anthropological 
and  physiological  neuro-muscular  questions, 
which  are  receiving  a  new  kind  of  application  in 
connection  with  a  new  and  interesting  class  of 
people,  and  the  necessity  suddenly  arises  for 

1  See  :    J.  loteyko  and  V.   Kipiani,  Lc   Vegetarisme  et  son 
influence  si.r  la  sante   publique,   U    Commerce,   V Industrie   et 
I'Economie  de  la  nature.     Report  of  the  International  Food 
Congress,  Ghent,   1908.     Pamphlet  of  68  p. 

2  f .    loteyko  L' usage   de   la   main  gauche  chez  les  mutiles. 
Quelqucs  regies  scientifqucs  de  reeducation.    Revue  Scientifique, 
No.   16,  2nd  scm.   1916. 


138          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

establishing  this  re-education  on  solid  scientific 
foundations,  with  the  object  of  restoring  to  our 
wounded, — if  not  the  normal  use  of  their  injured 
limbs, — at  least  a  shadow  of  that  use,  and  above 
all  of  permitting  the  substitution  of  one  limb  for 
another,  and  the  apprenticeship  to  a  new  trade. 
This  idea  of  re-education  is  not  entirely  new  ;  for 
a  long  time  now,  those  crippled  by  accidents 
in  the  course  of  their  work,  have  been  cared  for. 
and  re-educated  in  Schools  ad  hoc,  with  a 
view  to  restoring  them  to  society,  and  preserving 
them  from  beggary,  the  thousands  who, — victims 
of  our  economic  system  and  its  dangers, — each 
year  pay  their  contribution  to  an  industrialisa- 
tion pushed  to  an  extreme. 

But  that  which  is  very  exceptional,  even 
in  the  most,  industrial  countries,  has  become 
very  common  during  the  war  ;  those  who  escape 
death  return  crippled,  lame,  deaf,  paralysed. 
And  one  sympathises  with  all  the  attempts  made 
to  build  up  these  maimed,  imperfect,  amputated 
bodies,  so  as  to  make  them  capable  of  again 
taking  their  place  amongst  the  active  in  this 
world, — amongst  the  workers  able  to  gain  their 
daily  bread. 

Those  mutilated  in  the  war  must  be  numbered 
by  the  thousand,  if  we  are  to  take  all  the  belli- 
gerents into  account. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  139 

How  many  there  are  who  have  lost  an  arm ! 
the  loss  of  one  of  the  upper  limbs  is  very 
unequal  in  its  effects  on  the  sufferer,  according 
to  whether  it  is  the  right  or  the  left  arm  that  is 
lost.  As  most  people  are  right-handed,  the  loss 
of  the  right  arm  is  much  the  more  serious,  and  the 
re-education  of  those  crippled  in  battle  is  com- 
plicated by  necessitating  the  education  of  the  left 
arm,  which  has  remained,  so  to  speak,  inactive 
up  to  now.  And  it  is  with  this  education  of  the 
left  arm  that  we  are  going  to  deal  in  this  section, 
in  the  hope  that  these  pages  may  be  of  some  use 
to  those  who  have  the  task — the  heavy  and  grave 
responsibility  of  re-making,  of  restoring  those 
mutilated  in  the  war,  of  just  those  who,  having 
to  live  by  manual  work,  find  themselves  suddenly 
deprived  of  their  productive  organ,  their  one 
and  only  possession, — of  one  arm,  if  not  of  both  ! 
Dr.  Fraenkel,  already  quoted  above,  has  reported 
cases  of  wounded,  paralysed  in  the  right  hand, 
who,  at  the  same  time  suffer  from  aphasia. 
In  teaching  them  to  write  with  their  left  hand, 
they  also  develop  the  right  centre  of  language. 
The  paralytic  thus  recovers  the  power  of  speech. 
One  single  experience  of  this  kind  is  of  greater 
interest  than  the  whole  of  a  vain  argument. 
It  demonstrates  the  direct  connection  between 
speech  and  writing,  and  the  enormous  importance 


140          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

of  writing  in  cerebral  functions.  These  facts 
clearly  explain  the  theory  of  aphasia,  formulated 
by  Broca  and  which  led  to  the  discovery  of 
the  centres  of  articulate  language.  Now,  the 
centre  of  speech  is  located  in  a  convolution 
situated  in  the  posterior  part  of  the  lower  frontal 
convolution  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  centre  of 
writing.  The  exercise  of  the  left  hand  cannot, 
therefore,  be  confined  to  gymnastic  movements 
only,  but,  just  as  speech  is  one  of  the  msot 
intellectual  functions  of  man,  so  also  is  writing 
and  drawing,  because  the  latter,  although  manual 
acts,  nevertheless  touch  one  of  our  highest 
functions  (ethics  and  art). 

From  these  premises  we  draw  the  following 
practical  conclusions  ;  it  is  indispensable,  in  the 
treatment  of  those  suffering  from  aphasia,  due  to 
the  loss  of  an  arm  in  the  war  to  make  them  learn  to 
write  and  to  draw  with  the  left  hand,  so  as  to  develop 
a  new  centre  of  speech  which  will  be  situated  in  the 
right  cerebral  hemisphere. 

We  have  many  times  boasted  of  other  advan- 
tages attaching  to  ambidexterity, — the  cure  of 
writer's  cramp  which  is  common  amongst  those 
employed  in  clerical  work,  the  better  utilization 
of  strength  in  the  various  manual  employments, 
and,  finally,  the  immense  advantage  it  gives  those 
who,  in  cases  of  paralysis  or  amputation,  are  in  a 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  141 

position  to  use  the  arm  that  remains  intact. 
Certain  it  is,  that  late  training  can  never  attain 
an  equal  proficiency  to  that  acquired  at  an  early 
age.  If  ambidexterity  had  been  a  common 
practice,  those  now  mutilated  in  the  war  would 
be  much  more  capable  of  acquiring  the  required 
skill  with  the  left  arm,  having  been  originally 
trained  by  games,  gymnastics,  drawing,  writing, 
manual  work,  and  even  by  certain  arts  and  handi- 
crafts. 

The  training  of  the  left  hand  amongst  those 
maimed  in  the  war,  has  now  become  an  inevitable 
necessity  and  we  can  only  rejoice  to  see  that 
previous  experiments  in  ambidexterity  are  so 
much  in  favour  of  such  training.  It  goes  without 
saying,  that  the  left-handed  man  who  is  maimed, 
must,  in  like  manner  develop  the  right  arm,  but 
it  remains  to  be  shewn  under  what  conditions 
such  training  should  be  carried  out.  This  is 
what  we  will  now  enquire  into. 

To  begin  with,  one  remark  must  be  made. 
We  cannot  here  speak  of  "  Ambidextrous,"  or 
"  bi-manual "  education,  as  we  generally  do. 
Those  on  whom  the  experiments  are  to  be  made, 
have  had  one  arm  amputated,  and  it  is  a  ques- 
tion of  how  to  give  the  remaining  arm  the  strength 
and  skill  necessary  to  the  acquirement  of  some 
handicraft. 


142          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

This  training  of  the  left  hand  should  be  directed 
by  several  principles.  It  is  highly  advantageous  to 
enable  the  man  to  keep  to  his  original  occupation, 
— that  is  to  say — to  teach  the  left  hand  to  execute 
the  same  movements  as  those  which  had  been 
executed  by  the  right  hand.  This  principle  has 
been  very  clearly  established  in  the  attempts 
to  re-educate  the  maimed,  as  it  has  been  recognised 
in  practice,  that  the  experience  gained  by  one 
hand  is  an  advantage  to  the  other. 

How  is  this  remarkable  fact  to  be  explained  ? 
It  has  been  experimentally  demonstrated, 
notably  in  some  of  our  researches,1  that  the  work 
performed  by  one  arm  reacts  on  the  other,  either 
by  increasing  its  excitability,  or  by  diminishing  it, 
as  the  case  may  be. 

This  evidence  proves  that  the  state  in  which 
the  psycho-motor  centres  of  one  side  exist, 
is  more  or  less  reproduced  on  the  opposide  side. 
Other  observations  demonstrate  that  the  same  is 
the  case  with  acquired  movements.  If  you  ask 
a  person  to  write  with  the  left  hand,  you  will 
notice  that  after  several  futile  attempts,  he  will 
succeed,  without  much  trouble,  in  tracing  pre- 
sentable letters.  And,  the  curious  thing  is, 
that  the  writing  of  the  left  hand  will  bear  the 

1  /.  loteyho,  L'eftort  nerveux  et  la  fatigue.  Archives  de 
Biologic  XVI,  1899. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  143 

impress  of  all  the  peculiarities  of  the  writing  by 
the  right  hand, — it  will  reflect  the  personal 
characteristic  element  which  enables  us  to 
recognise  each  person  by  his  hand- writing.1 
These  statements  which  were  handed  to  us  to 
verify,  after  the  experiments  made  by  Mile  V. 
Kipiani,2  a  pupil  in  our  laboratory,  shew  several 
points  which  are  of  real  value, — in  the  first  place, 
that  the  movements  acquired  by  the  left  hemis- 
phere (which  directs  the  movements  of  the  right 
hand),  are  transmitted  to  the  right  hemisphere, 
and,  secondly,  that  this  transmission  is  not 
purely  and  simply  an  increase  of  excitability,  but 
that  it  comprises  all  the  complicated  movements 
necessitated  by  the  act  of  writing,  in  a  word, 
that  the  characteristics  of  handwriting  certainly 
have  their  origin  in  some  central  cerebral  cause. 
According  to  Dr.  Meige,  the  graphic  education 
of  the  right  hand  is  reflected  as  in  a  mirror  on 
the  upper  left  limb,  and,  in  a  general  way,  the 
training  of  the  motor  centres  of  one  limb  has  its 
corresponding  effect  on  the  symmetrical  motcr 
centres  of  the  opposite  limb.  The  effect  of  this 
training,  though  often  latent,  is  none  the  less  real 
and  shews  itself,  when  called  upon,  in  the  facility 
with  which  the  untrained  limb  will  reproduce  the 
movements  of  the  trained  limb. 

1  This  is  most  of  all  apparent  it  the  writing  is  viewed  in  mirror. 

2  See  :    V.  Kipian:,  Ambidexirie,  103  p.     F.  Alcan,  1912. 


144          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

These  rules  have  already  been  applied  in  the 
treatment  of  convulsions  and  cramp  (Meige)  ; 
they  are  going  to  help  us  to  establish  the  basis 
for  the  re-education  of  the  maimed. 

Consequent  upon  the  opposing  symmetry  of 
the  two  halves  of  the  brain  "  mirror  writing  " 
is  looked  upon  as  the  normal  physiological  writing 
of  the  left  hand.  "  Reflected  Movements " 
is  the  name  given  to  those  executed  by  the  left 
hand  in  contradistinction  to  those  executed  by 
the  right  hand.  These  movements  are  those 
which  come  the  most  natural  to  it, — the  easiest 
of  execution.  From  the  moment  when  the  right 
hand  has  adopted  a  system  of  working  which 
seems  to  it  the  easiest,  the  left  hand  ought  to  make 
the  same  gestures  whilst  maintaining  an  opposite 
direction.  It  seems  certain  that  a  great  number 
of  failures  in  the  training  of  the  left  hand,  have 
arisen  from  exacting  from  it  movements  super- 
imposed upon  those  of  the  right  hand,  and 
which  are  generally  contrary  to  its  aptitudes. 
It  certainly  cannot  be  denied  that  even  identical 
movements  exacted  from  the  left-hand  do  produce 
satisfactory  results  in  its  training,  but  the  true 
method  is  to  educate  the  left  hand  by  "  reflection." 

From  these  considerations  we  evolve  the 
following  rule  :  Apprenticeship,  with  the  left  hand, 
to  a  craft,  should  be  accomplished  \by  following 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  145 

the  law  of  the  opposite  direction  ;  that  is  to  say, 
that  the  left  hand  must  not  simply  copy  the 
right  hand,  but  that  it  must  execute  all  the 
movements  of  the  right  hand,  but  reversed. 
This  should  be  the  general  rule,  in  the  case  of 
training  to  a  new  trade,  as  well  as  in  the  education 
of  the  left  hand  for  the  same  craft  which  was 
formerly  followed  with  the  right  hand. 

And  in  returning  to  the  examples  quoted  above, 
regarding  those  suffering  from  aphasia,  we  say, 
that  it  would  benefit  them  to  exercise  them 
in  writing  with  the  left  hand  "  by  reflection  " 
(as  well  as  in  drawing  "  by  reflection  "),  with  the 
object  of  developing  as  promptly  as  possible,  the 
centre  of  writing  on  the  opposite  side,  and  by  its 
instrumentality  acting  on  the  centres  of  speech 
on  the  right  side  (motor  and  sensorial  centres). 
We  will  consider  one  last  question.  Can  the 
left  hand  be  trained  to  any  and  all  handicrafts 
without  reserve  equally  well  ?  The  limitations 
we  are  going  to  make  are  based  upon  the  results 
of  our  own  experiments. 

The  general  results  are  as  follows : — heavy 
work  with  the  left  hand  produces  a  more  considerable 
effect  on  the  heart  than  does  the  same  work  when 
accomplished  with  the  right  hand ;  the  difference 
is  about  equal  to  one  third  (4-87  accelerations 
per  minute  for  work  by  the  right  hand,  and  7-5 

K 


146          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

accelerations  per  minute  for  that  by  the  left). 
By  working  both  hands  together  and  thereby 
furnishing  a  double  amount  of  work,  the  cardiac 
acceleration  is  not  the  total  of  that  observed 
when  each  hand  works  separately  (4-87  and  7-5 
==12-37),  but  it  is  less  by  a  quarter  (8-97  accelera- 
tions). It  is,  therefore,  better  for  the  heart  that 
the  work  should  be  performed  by  both  hands 
simultaneously  than  by  each  hand  separately. 
This  result  pleads  strongly  for  ambidextrous 
work,  and  it  shews  the  harmful  effects  upon  the 
heart  of  heavy  work  performed  by  one  hand 
alone,  and  that  the  left. 

With  regard  to  the  conclusions  to  be  drawn 
from  these  experiments  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  re-education  of  those  crippled  in  the  war, 
we  would  say  that  the  use  of  the  left  hand  alone 
(in  the  case  of  the  loss  of  the  right  arm),  cannot 
be  applied  to  all  industries  in  view  of  the  harmful 
effects  of  heavy  work  by  the  left  hand,  on  the 
heart.  It  is  here  that  a  group  of  our  subjects  of 
experiment,  did  now  shew  any  difference  between 
work  done  by  the  right,  and  work  done  by  the 
left  hand,  but  since  the  others  shewed  an  enormous 
difference  to  the  disadvantage  of  the  left,  the 
first  group,  would,  without  doubt,  have  betrayed 
a  like  difference  if  tested  by  heavier  work ; 
and  although  the  experiment  was  not  made, 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  147 

it   is    only   reasonable    to    conclude    that    this 
is  so. 

It  is  impossible  for  us  to  specify  the  industries 
that  are  unsuitable  for  the  left  arm  working 
alone,  it  is  for  the  medical  specialists  and  for  the 
teachers  to  decide  each  case  on  its  merits,  and  they 
should  be  careful  to  examine  the  patient's  heart 
from  the  standpoint  of  disease  and  of  neuroses, 
which  is  the  only  possible  criterion.  In  certain 
cases  it  would  be  better  to  change  the  patient's 
employment  than  to  cause  him  to  do  that  which 
is  too  exacting  for  his  left  hand.  On  the  other 
hand,  all  crafts  do  not  demand  a  large  amount 
of  expenditure  of  strength,  and  may  be  performed 
by  the  maimed  who  have  only  preserved  the  use 
of  their  left  hands. 


6. — LEFT-HANDED      WRITING      BY      THE      MAIMED. 

For  the  right-handed  wounded  to  learn  to  write 
with  their  left  hand  is  a  problem  the  importance 
of  which  is  notorious  at  the  present  time.  It 
is  not  only  the  necessity  of  giving  the  left  hand 
some  power  of  writing  adequate  to  the  needs  of 
current  life,  a  very  few  attempts  would  suffice 
for  that.  The  question  is  a  more  complex  one 
than  that.  It  is  requisite  to  give  to  the  left  hand 


148          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

exactly  the  same  efficiency  as  the  right  hand 
possessed,  making  it  possible  for  the  wounded 
man  to  undertake  various  employments,  especially 
that  of  a  teacher,  or  clerk  in  an  office,  obliged  to 
write  with  the  requisite  rapidity  in  ledgers,  etc. 
A  thorough  training  is  therefore  necessary,  and 
lessons  must  be  given  with  the  co-operation  of  a 
competent  teacher  and  a  very  practical  method 
of  teaching.  By  practical  method  we  understand 
one  that  will  satisfy  the  desiderata  enumerated, 
and  which,  far  from  being  inspired  with  theo- 
retical questions  concerning  the  reform  of  hand- 
writing, is  only  bent  upon  attaining  the  desired 
end,  it  is,  therefore,  necessary  to  teach  the  left 
hand  to  write  exactly  in  the  same  way  as  the 
right  hand,  so  that  suppleness  may  be  absolutely 
assured.  Preliminary  exercise  in  "  reflected  " 
writing  may,  nevertheless,  be  of  undeniable  value. 
Necessities  created  by  the  war,  have  caused 
processes  of  writing  intended  for  the  use  of  the 
left  hand,  to  be  evolved.  We  particularly 
recommend  the  two  processes — identical  in 
their  main  lines — commended  by  two  professional 
men  who  understand  the  problem,  and  who  take  a 
personal  interest  in  it  ;  both  having  been  deprived 
of  the  use  of  their  right  hands,  long  before  the 
war  began,  they  have  themselves  been  obliged 
to  face  all  the  difficulties  inherent  in  the  task  of 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  149 

writing  with  the  left  hand  in  order  to  prosecute 
their  callings  (of  an  office  clerk  in  the  first  case, 
a  schoolmaster  in  the  second). 

According  to  M.  Meurville,1  the  failures  in  the 
training  are  due  to  defective  attitudes :  the 
copy-book  was  placed  upright,  very  much  to  the 
left  of  the  body,  the  arm  remaining  glued  to  the 
chest,  the  wrist  turned  backwards.  The  writing 
was  upright,  uneven,  and  produced  with  difficulty 
because  of  the  contraction  of  the  muscles  of  the 
arm,  the  wrist,  and  the  fingers.  The  fatigue  which 
resulted  was  discouraging.  This  writer  considers 
that  it  is  as  easy  to  write  with  the  left  hand  as 
with  the  right,  and  therefore,  to  accomplish 
all  the  clerical  work  usually  performed  by  the 
right  hand.  The  same  advice  should  be  given 
for  writing  with  the  left  hand,  as  for  writing 
with  the  right  hand,  that  is,  free  movement. 
Only  the  position  of  the  copy-book  must  be  quite 
different.  In  order  to  secure  from  the  left  hand 
a  perfect  English  hand  writing,  differing  in  no 
particular  from  that  of  the  right  hand,  the 
following  directions  should  be  followed  : — 

The  copy-book  should  be  placed  in  front  of 
the  pupil,  not  quite  in  the  centre  of  the  chest, 
slightly  to  the  left,  and  sloping  towards  the  right. 

1  Meurville,  How  to  write  with  the  left  hand,  Nos.  4,  5,  and  6, 
1916.  Journal  des  Mutiles. 


150          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

The  chest  should  be  upright  and  leant  lightly 
on  the  right  arm l  of  which  the  fore-arm  is 
resting  on  the  table,  the  hand  resting  on  the  copy- 
book. The  right  side  of  the  body  should  be 
about  5-6  centimetres  from  the  table.  The  left 
side,  about  10-12  centimetres  off.  The  left  arm 
should  be  separated  from  the  chest  by  about 
20-25  centimetres.  The  fore-arm  should  have  the 
same  slant  as  the  copy-book,  and  the  elbow 
will  act  as  a  pivot  which  will  move  towards  the 
chest,  as  and  when  the  pupil  writes.  This 
movement  will  allow  of  the  left  hand  writing  on  a 
surface  of  from  6-7  centimetres.  The  pen  chosen 
should  be  fairly  soft  and  should  not  be  held 
stiffly. 

The  most  practical  and  most  rapid  type  of 
handwriting  is  flowing  English.  A  great  effort 
should  be  made  to  form  each  word  without  raising 
the  pen  with  the  hand, — the  movement  of  the 
fingers  only  should  come  into  play  in  the  formation 
of  the  letters,  the  work  of  the  hand  and  of  the 
fore-arm  being  to  move  the  fingers  from  one  end 
to  the  other,  of  each  line,  beginning  on  the  left. 
The  movement  of  the  wrist  will  only  be  needed 

1  This  statement,  of  course,  applies  only  in  the  case  of 
training  persons  possessed  of  both  arms  to  write  with  the  left 
hand,  as  well  as  with  the  right.  In  the  case  of  one-armed 
men,  the  right  stump  (if  any),  might  be  used  to  steady  the 
book,  if  the  stump  is  long  enough,  or  fitted  with  an  artificial 
limb.— Ed. 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  151 

when  the  large  loops  of  the  capital  letters  have 
to  be  formed. 

To  get  the  slope  of  English  writing,  it  will  be 
advisable  to  exercise  the  fingers  in  sloping  towards 
the  right,  a  movement  easily  acquired  in  the 
course  of  a  few  days.  The  copy-books  or  writing 
copies  in  use  in  schools  for  right-handed  pupils 
can  be  used  for  left-handed  beginners. 

With  the  left  hand,  one  can  write  an  upright 
hand  equally  well.  Round-hand  and  medium 
writing  (in  which  the  slant  is  mid- way  between 
that  of  English  and  upright  writing),  can  also  be 
accomplished. 

According  to  M.  Albert  Charleux  lessons  in 
writing  with  the  left  hand  should  be  taken  at  very 
short  intervals.  The  first  attempts  are  scarcely 
ever  encouraging  and  the  pupil  is  doubtful  of 
success.  Another  stumbling  block  to  avoid  is 
that  of  wishing  to  get  along  too  quickly. 

The  first  attempts  should  be  made  with  chalk 
upon  a  blackboard  (or  on  black  paper  fixed  against 
a  wall).  At  first,  the  arm  should  be  held  at  full 
length,  then,  gradually  the  drawing  should  be 
reduced  until  at  last,  it  only  needs  a  movement 
of  the  wrist.  These  exercises  (small  drawings 
the  models  of  which  will  be  found  in  the  text) 
should  be  executed  standing  upright,  without 
stirring  the  feet,  and  without  bending  the  body. 


152          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

The  hand,  the  arm,  and  the  wrist  having  thus 
obtained  a  preliminary  training,  the  pupil  will 
complete  his  education  by  applying  himself 
to  the  drawing  of  letters  on  the  blackboard. 
The  size  of  the  writing  should  vary  from  15  mm. 
to  2  centimetres.  It  is  not  until  after  these 
stages  that  writing  in  a  copy-book  should  begin. 

With  the  right  hand,  the  copy-book  is  slightly 
inclined  towards  the  left ;  with  the  left  hand 
it  should  be  slightly  inclined  towards  the  right. 
For  either  hand  the  elbow  forms  a  pivot  about 
which,  the  fore-arm  moves  in  the  same  direction 
namely  from  left  to  right.  The  left  fore-arm, 
which  is  what  we  are  interested  in  at  the  present 
moment,  describes  a  line  which  tends  towards 
the  body  as  it  descends  towards  the  right. 
The  penholder  should  be  lightly  held,  and  it  is 
necessary  to  raise  the  pen  as  seldom  as  possible. 
The  paper  will  be  held  steady  by  means  of  a 
paper-weight.  When  the  maimed  are  able  to 
write  a  flowing  hand,  they  may  learn  to  write 
round-hand. 

This  similarity  of  the  two  processes,  which  in 
reality  only  constitute  one,  is  an  argument  in  their 
favour.  The  only  difference  is  the  preliminary 
exercises  in  M.  Charleux's  method,  which,  accord- 
ing to  M.  Meurville,  are  useless.  However,  this 
may  be,  children  who  shew  a  certain  difficulty  in 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  153 

learning  to  write,  get  on  well  when  they  first 
trace  words  on  the  blackboard.  It  may  be 
rightly  said,  that  the  adult  pupil  is  not  in  exactly 
the  same  position,  having  already  practised 
writing  with  the  right  hand,  and  we  know  that  a 
training  acquired  by  one  psycho-motor  centre 
transmits  itself  to  the  opposite  side.  The  adult 
would,  therefore,  have  fewer  difficulties  to  conquer 
were  it  not  that  with  age  the  manual  adapta- 
bility diminishes  as  a  rule.  We,  therefore, 
think  that  preliminary  exercises  may  not  be 
altogether  useless,  although  not  indispensable, 
they  may  help  to  graduate  the  difficulties,  and 
consequently  to  shorten  the  period  of  appren- 
ticeship, and  to  make  the  steady  progress  made 
by  the  pupil  more  evident. 

At  the  moment  of  going  to  press  with  this 
book,  another  study  on  the  art  of  writing  has 
appeared,  by  a  M.  F.  Garcin.1  In  order  to 
acquire  the  English  handwriting  and  the  medium 
handwriting,  with  the  left  hand,  the  copy-book 
should  be  placed  upright  in  front  of  the  chest, 
so  that  the  travel  of  the  left  arm  will  always  be  in 
prolongation  of  the  line  of  the  slope.  In  short, 
M.  Garcin  says,  when  writing  with  the  left  hand, 
the  line  of  the  slope  should  always  be  in  the 

1  F.  Garcin,  Comment  ecrire  des  deux  mains.  Paris,  Nathan, 
35  P. 


154          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

direction  of  the  axis  of  the  left  arm.  As  regards 
writing  with  the  right  hand  the  line  of  the  slope 
should  always  be  perpendicular  to  the  chest. 
We  must  remember  that  the  line  of  the  writing  is 
the  straight  horizontal  line  upon  which  the  writing 
is  traced,  whilst  the  line  of  the  slope  is  the 
position  of  the  axis  of  each  letter  in  relation  to 
the  line  of  writing.  The  position  of  the  body 
always  remains  the  same.  The  result  to  be 
obtained  from  the  left  hand  should  be  exactly 
the  same  as  that  given  by  the  right  hand,  but 
the  two  hands  act  by  executing  directly  opposite 
movements. 

We  will  now  give  an  account  of  the  interesting 
experiments  made  by  the  Polish  military  doctor, 
Adolphi  Klesk,  who  having  had  to  deal  with  a 
number  of  those  injured  in  the  right  hand,  warmly 
advocated  left-handed  writing.  According  to 
his  observations,  an  adult  man  learns  to  write 
with  his  left  hand  after  three  or  four  weeks'  training 
This  study  is  beneficial  for  those  who  have  had 
arms  amputated  in  the  war,  for  it  not  only  enables 
them  to  write,  but  it  also  acts  in  an  encouraging 
way  on  the  patient,  by  giving  him  a  proof,  as  it 
were,  that  the  left  hand  if  properly  trained  is 
capable  of  learning  some  kind  of  craft.  It  is  with 
writing  then,  that  a  beginning  should  be  made, 
for  to  learn  to  write  with  the  left  hand  consti- 


POWER  AND  APTITUDE  FOR  WORK  155 

tutes  a  powerful  pedagogic,  medical,  and  social 
asset.  To  begin  with,  the  left  hand  has  a 
tendency  to  execute  "  reflected  writing,"  and 
it  is  by  an  effort  of  will  of  about  eight  day's 
duration,  that  the  ordinary  handwriting  gains 
the  upper  hand.  To  begin  with,  too,  the  left 
hand  becomes  very  easily  tired.  The  rhythmic 
movements  of  the  fore-arm  slipping  along  the 
paper  without  detaching  the  edge  of  the  palm  of 
the  hand  from  the  copy-book,  are  very  difficult 
to  acquire.  The  author  recommends  the  writing 
of  letters  on  a  large  scale  on  a  blackboard  during 
the  time  of  training,  and,  when  writing  in  a 
copy-book,  the  use  of  soft,  glazed  paper  and  soft 
pens  and  pencils. 

Encouraged  by  the  results  of  his  experiments, 
Dr.  Klesk  recommends  ambidextrous  writing 
to  parents,  who  should,  at  an  early  age,  teach 
their  children  to  write  with  either  hand,  which 
amongst  other  advantages,  would  result  in  a 
more  symmetrical  development,  and  assure  the 
use  of  the  second  hand  in  the  event  of  an 
accident  or  illness.  He  especially  cites  the  malady 
known  as  "  writer's  cramp,"  which  is  met  more 
often  amongst  office  clerks  than  amongst  literary 
men,  because  the  former  have  to  preserve  the 
aesthetic  side  of  handwriting ;  this  trouble 
may  become  so  chronic  that  the  sufferer  finds 


156     .     THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

himself  obliged  to  change  his  occupation. 
These  observations  of  a  military  doctor  are  now 
of  such  practical  interest  that  we  have  thought  it 
interesting  to  recount  them  here,  although  they 
in  reality,  only  confirm  the  results  of  our  early 
experiments. 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  157 


IV. 


BELGIAN    METHODS    OF    TECHNICAL 
EDUCATION. 

I. — PROGRESSIVE  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION 
THROUGHOUT     BELGIAN      SCHOOLS. 

The  close  collaboration  of  science  and  industry 
will,  in  the  near  future  be  pressing,  and  numerous 
are  the  tentative  experiments  already  being  made, 
both  in  England  and  in  France,  with  the  object 
of  finding  the  most  adequate  solution  to  the 
agonising  problem  of  after-war  necessities.  In 
order  to  study  it  properly,  it  is  necessary  to 
begin  at  the  beginning,  at  the  point  where  technical 
instruction  begins  ;  that  is  to  say,  even  in  the 
primary  schools,  which  are  supposed  to  give  to 
the  citizens  of  the  future  a  general  education, 
and  to  follow  it  up  in  the  secondary  schools, 
and  in  the  professional,  technical,  and  industrial 
colleges. 

We  will  make  a  tour  of  this  kind,  through  the 
Belgian  schools,  keeping  the  communal  and 
provincial  schools  principally  in  view.1 

1  J.  loteyko,  Les  Methodes  bslges  d' education  technique. 
Revue  generate  cles  Sciences,  30  May,  1917. 


158          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

Manual  work,  from  year  to  year,  acquires 
increased  importance,  in  the  schools  of  the 
town  of  Brussels.1  "  Very  soon  now,"  says 
A.  Nyns,  Inspector  of  Primary  Education, 
"  Manual  work  will  form  the  basis  of  all  our 
teaching,  because  of  its  intuitive,  concrete, 
practical,  and  experimental  character." 

Henceforth,  the  child  will  learn  as  much  through 
the  hand  and  the  tool  as  through  the  brain  and 
the  book. 

The  first  courses  of  manual  work  were  opened  at 
No.  12,  Primary  School  for  Boys,  at  Brussels, 
in  1 879.2  The  subjects  taken  were  joinery, 
wood-turning,  modelling,  and  locksmith's  work 
The  classes  were  held  for  from  four  to  five  hours 
every  day,  and  the  pupils  were  expected  to  pass 
through  each  workshop.  The  teaching  of 
manual  work  had,  at  that  period,  a  triple  object ; 
(i)  the  manual  education  of  the  child  ;  (2)  the 
industrial  education  of  the  children  of  the  working 
classes,  to  prepare  them,  in  a  general  way,  for 
taking  up  various  trades ;  (3)  to  cultivate  a 
taste  for  handicrafts  by  popular  classes. 

In  1883,  M.  Sluys,  Director  of  the  Brussel's 
Manual  School  for  Teachers,  and  M.  Van  Kalken, 
a  professor  at  that  school,  undertook  a  journey 

1  A.  Nyns,  Les  travaux  manuels  a  1'Ecole  primaire. 
Pamphlet  of  24  p.,  Brussels  1910. 

z  Needlework  in  Girls'  Schools  is  of  much  earlier  date. 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  159 

to  Sweden,  in  order  to  study  in  that  country 
a  really  pedagogic  organisation  of  manual  training 
It  was  in  1885,  that  there  was  opened  in  Brussels 
the  first  normal  course  for  the  instruction  of 
teachers  in  woodwork,  cardboard  work,  and 
modelling,  following  the  general  methods  of  the 
Swedish  teacher  Otto  Salomon.  In  1887,  when 
the  first  batch  of  teachers  were  qualified  to  teach 
the  manual  work,  this  branch  was  entered  on  the 
curriculum  of  the  Normal  Schools,  and  of  all  the 
Schools  in  the  city  of  Brussels.  Manual  training, 
said  the  town  programme,  is  looked  upon  as  a 
means  towards  the  physical,  intellectual  and 
moral  development  and  perfecting  of  children. 
We  cannot  aim  at  the  direct  teaching  of  special 
trades.  What  is  aimed  at  is,  to  develop  general 
ability,  quickness,  dexterity  of  both  hands, 
prompt  and  firm  movement,  a  taste  for  and  a 
love  of  work,  and  to  inculcate  habits  of  order  and 
correctness,  to  develop  the  faculties  of  attention 
and  perception,  to  supply  a  more  complete  and  a 
deeper  intuition  of  geometric  ideas  and  forms 
of  calculation  and  the  metric  system,  and  to  make 
the  pupils  more  persevering  by  application 
to  work,  to  shew  the  necessity  of  producing 
nothing  but  complete  and  correct  work,  to 
cultivate  the  sense  of  beauty  through  the 
harmony  of  form  and  colour  of  the  objects  made, 


160          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

and  to  inform  the  pupils  with  a  knowledge  of  the 
technical  processes  which  constitute  the  founda- 
tions of  scientific  industries. 

The  methodology  of  manual  work  for  boys 
requires  the  analysis  and  understanding  of 
models  and  of  tools,  the  demonstration  of  the  pro- 
cess of  execution,  and  the  construction  of  model 
types.  The  pupils  are  gradually  exercised  in 
the  handling  of  tools. 

The  curriculum  for  the  first  standard  (children 
of  from  7-8  years  of  age)  includes :  folding, 
cutting-out,  joining,  weaving,  and  modelling. 
The  curriculum  for  the  second  standard  (chil- 
dren of  from  9-10  years  of  age)  includes  :  the 
art  of  making  cardboard  articles,  modelling 
geometrical  solids  from  plaster  casts,  common 
objects  from  nature,  from  memory,  and  of  their 
own  invention,  etc. 

The  curriculum  for  the  higher  standard  (chil- 
dren of  from  11-12  years  of  age),  modelling 
and  wood-carving.  The  pupil's  work  from 
models  or  plans.  The  models  first  copied  are 
horizontal  or  vertical  projections,  or  sections. 
The  aesthetic  side  is  most  carefully  attended  to. 
The  course  of  wood-carving  is  given  in  a  workshop. 
The  programme  provides  for  ten  and  a  half  hours 
per  week,  for  the  six  years  in  a  primary  school, 
one  and  a  half  hours  for  each  of  the  first  three 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  161 

classes,  and  two  hours  for  each  of  the  three  upper 
classes. 

Although  the  teaching  of  handicrafts  in  the 
primary  school  is  of  a  purely  pedagogic  kind, 
it  is  none  the  less  true,  that  thanks  to  the  training 
of  the  hand,  and  of  the  eye,  which  it  involves, 
this  work  develops  the  qualities  of  skill,  indis- 
pensable in  the  acquisition  of  a  manual  trade, 
whatever  it  may  be,  which  must  influence  the 
ultimate  special  training  of  the  pupils. 

We  will  not  here  discuss  the  handicrafts  in  the 
secondary  schools.  It  will  suffice  to  mention 
their  existence  in  all  these  schools  and  the  exis- 
tence of  several  well  equipped  workshops,  bright, 
light,  and  spacious,  newly  built,  near  secondary 
schools,  rejoicing  in  every  modern  appliance  and 
comfort,  as,  for  example,  Leon  Lepage's  secondary 
school  at  Brussels. 

The  children  leave  the  primary  school  at  12 
or  13  years  of  age.  A  few  continue  their  studies 
in  the  secondary  schools  or  in  the  athenaeums  ; 
the  large  majority  are  the  children  of  the  people, 
and  wish  to  devote  themselves  to  some  handicraft 
after  leaving  the  primary  school.  But  they  are 
still  too  young  to  at  once  enter  the  training  colleges 
and  also  too  weak  from  the  physical  standpoint. 

The  Secondary  Schools  (or  Upper  Primary 
Schools),  are  intended  to  give  these  children  a 

L 


162          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

supplementary    general      education     to    enable 
them  to  master  such  knowledge  as  may  prove 
most  useful  to  them  in  life,  whilst  waiting  until 
they  are  old  enough  to  enter  a  technical  school. 
The  course  of  study  in  the  Fourth  Standard  Schools 
lasts  two  years.     The  Fourth  Primary  Standard 
education  includes  three  distinct  courses,1  (i)  the 
Fourth     Standard    for    girls ;    (2)     the     Fourth 
Standard  for  boys  of  professional  and  commercial 
tastes  ;    (3)  the   Fourth   Standard  for  boys  de- 
siring an  industrial  career.     The  Fourth  Standard 
for   girls   is   intended   to   complete   the   general 
education   of  the   pupils,   and  to  initiate  them 
in  one  of  the  businesses  connected  with  needle- 
work.    They  are,  in  short,  popular  small  training 
schools  where  the  apprenticeship  is  served  amidst 
scholarly  and  moral  surroundings.     The  course 
consists  of  the  study  of  two  languages  (French 
and  Flemish),  of  arithmetic,  commerce,  natural 
sciences,    technology,    hygiene,    social    economy, 
domestic  economy,  the  history  of  civilization  in 
Belgium,  commercial  geography,  music,  gymnas- 
tics,  and  swimming. 

The  Fourth  Standard  for  boys  with  professional 
and  commercial  leanings,  prepares  youths  for 
administrative  and  commercial  occupations ; 

1  A.  Nj'ns,  Les  ecoles  de  4  degre,  pamphlet  of  14  p.  Brussels 
1910. 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  163 

those  with  tastes  for  handicrafts  it  trains  for 
manual  work. 

We  will  consider  the  latter.  The  children 
are  not  apprenticed  to  a  trade,  but  are  taught  the 
modus  operandi  of  the  various  callings.  Further- 
more, the  scientific  and  theoretical  knowledge 
imparted  to  the  pupils  will  be  of  great  service 
to  them  in  their  manual  work.  Manual  work 
can  be  usefully  applied  to  other  branches  of  the 
curriculum  such  as  designing,  calculation,  geo- 
metry, physics,  social  economy.  The  pupils  do 
modelling  and  cardboard  work,  they  do  wood 
and  iron  work.  The  courses  of  study  have  an 
essentially  practical  tendency,  and  are  given  with 
a  view  to  their  application  to  trade. 

The  curriculum  of  the  city  of  Brussels,  says, 
in  substance,  that  the  object  of  these  schools 
"is  to  assist  in  the  formation  of  a  working  class 
which  possesses  an  intelligent  knowledge  of  the 
work  it  performs,  which  is  master  of  the  machines 
it  employs,  which  reads  and  thinks,  and  which 
is  conscious  of  its  own  dignity."  After  this 
general  and  technical  preparation,  the  pupil, 
now  about  15  years  of  age,  can  freely  enter  any 
technical  school  to  serve  his  apprenticeship  to 
the  calling  he  has  chosen. 

Amongst  the  Fourth  Standard  schools,  that  of 
Saint-Gilles  (Fauburg  de  Bruxelles),  called  the 


164          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

Morichar  School,  counts  as  one  of  the  most 
important  in  the  country.  Its  Head  Master, 
M.  Devogel,1  has  won  for  it  a  peculiar  distinction, 
and  has  made  it  a  model  school  which  has  never 
yet  been  surpassed.  It  will  be  interesting,  we 
think,  to  give  a  detailed  description  of  this  school, 
basing  our  account  on  official  documents,  and 
on  the  memory  of  many  personal  visits. 

The  Upper  Primary  School  should  not,  says 
M.  Devogel,2  be  a  duplicate  of  the  Secondary 
School.  It  is  absolutely  necessary  to  create  an 
organization  for  the  working  class,  whereby 
their  sons  can  receive  a  general  education  pre- 
paring them  for  all  callings,  to  establish  a  school 
where  the  children  of  the  people,  and  of  small 
employers,  who  do  not  wish  to  adopt  adminis- 
trative work  or  become  employees  or  clerks, 
can  receive  clearly  specialised  manual  training,— 
to  found  an  institution  where,  in  a  word,  the  son 
of  the  working  man,  who  wishes  to  remain  a 
working  man,  desirous  of  starting  on  what  we  call 
a  manual  career,  can,  whilst  developing  himself 
as  a  whole,  at  the  same  time  prepare  himself  for 
his  future  social  function. 

The  most  useful  knowledge  to  the  working  man 

1  At  the  present  time  Director  of  the  Brussels  schools. 

8  V.  Devogel,  L'Ecole  primaire  sup?rieure  technique  de 
Saint-Gilles-les-Byuxelles  (called  4th  Standard),  pamphlet  of 
104  pp.,  Brussels,  1911. 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  165 

includes  Mathematics,  the  Sciences,  Design,  and 
the  Handicrafts.  To  these  must  be  added  the  two 
national  languages  (French  and  Flemish),  history, 
geography,  industrial  economy,  some  knowledge 
of  accountancy,  hygiene  and  technology.  Design 
includes  industrial  design,  and  ornamental  design. 
Handicrafts  include  forestry,  agriculture,  masonry 
and  metal  work.  They  are  completed  by  a 
course  on  tools  which  is  the  synthesis  of  the  whole. 
Technology  is  completed  by  numerous  visits  to 
studios,  workshops,  and  factories,  paid  during 
the  scholastic  year  and  during  the  journeys  at  the 
end  of  the  year  (five  days).  Lantern  lectures  are 
used  for  a  great  number  of  the  courses ;  geography, 
technology,  etc.  The  scholastic  year  winds 
up  with  an  exhibition  of  all  the  work  of  all  the 
pupils.  All  courses  are  compulsory. 

Let  us  examine  the  method  adopted  in  the 
teaching  at  the  upper  primary  school  of  Saint 
Gilles,  which  prides  itself  on  being  only  a 
primary  school.  Its  special  characteristic  is 
the  inter-connection  of  its  different  branches, 
the  constant  connection  of  the  different  courses, 
and  the  intimate  union  between  the  lessons. 
Thus,  the  different  branches  of  mathematics  are 
constantly  intermixed  and  combined  with  indus- 
trial design,  ornamental  design  is  combined  with 
modelling,  with  wood-carving,  metal  work,  etc. 


166          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

The  school  has  stoutly  declined  to  practise  methods 
based  upon  abstractions,  holding  that  that  can  only 
be  an  end,  which  is  the  logical  outcome  of  a  whole 
series  of  anterior,  concrete,  material  sensations. 
A  certain  formula  has  lately,  says  M.  Devogel, 
achieved  a  great  success  in  our  country  :  the 
school  for  life.  It  is  either  ingenuous  or  incomplete. 
It  says  either  too  little,  or  says  it  badly.  It  is 
simply  Life  in  the  School  that  should  have  been 
written,  and  that  is  the  motto  of  Saint  Gilles. 

"  A  school  should  reject,"  the  Belgian  teacher 
goes  on  to  say,  "  all  that  is  not  living,  thus  con- 
forming to  the  evolution  of  existence,  to  the 
life  of  man,  to  social  science,  to  the  science  dis- 
covered by  humanity.  Life  in  the  School. 
Let  us  be  inspired  by  that,  and  let  us  open  wide 
the  doors  and  the  windows  of  our  classes." 

Every  branch  of  instruction  is  looked  at  from 
this  point  of  view.  The  elements  of  design  are 
found  in  geometry  and  in  nature  ;  these  two 
sources  should  be  explored  in  succession.  Geome- 
try leads  to  the  discovery  of  the  meaning  of  a  line. 
The  line  being  known,  the  vegetable  or  animal 
element  will  be  drawn  quite  naturally.  All 
designs  are  based  on  drawings  from  nature  alone  ; 
copying  is  not  allowed.  Designs  have  to  be  made 
with  the  most  diverse  materials  as  medium, 
the  pen,  black  and  coloured  crayons,  red  chalk, 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  167 

charcoal,  chalk,  brush-wash,  water-colour,  water 
colour  and  gum,  oil  colour,  pastel.  Plaster 
models  have  been  suppressed,  when  necessary 
a  natural  model  being  given  to  each  pupil  (plant, 
shell,  insect).  Perspective  is  taught  from  the 
landscape  (the  drawing  of  a  door,  a  wall,  the 
staircase  of  a  hall,  of  a  country  cottage).  The 
child  is  allowed  to  colour  his  drawing  as  often  as 
possible. 

The  most  important  branch  of  the  education 
given  is  handicrafts,  based  upon  geometry  and 
design — both  in  close  relation  to  them.  The 
school  of  Saint  Gilles  aims  at  giving  the  pupil  a 
manual  training  as  wide  as  possible.  '  Yes," 
M.  Devogel  says,  "let  him  acquire  his  manual 
humanities."  Give  to  the  artisan  of  the 
future  the  sense  of  economic  life.  One  might 
easily  fall  into  specialisation  here  ;  now,  it  is 
not  our  object  to  specialise.  Aesthetic  develop- 
ment should  also  be  striven  for.  Good  taste 
is  of  essential  importance  to  the  artisan.  To 
attain  this  end,  it  is  indispensable  that  the  child 
should  be  made  to  work  in  as  many  raw  materials 
as  possible  and  with  as  many  tools  as  possible. 
Consequently,  the  school  was  established  like  a 
laboratory  for  handicrafts. 

The  school  does  not  wish  to  act  as  a  substitute 
for  the  workshop,  It  is  here  that  talent  may  be 


i68          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

awakened.  And,  M.  Devogel  adds,  when  compul- 
sory education  up  to  the  age  of  14  has  become 
law,1  the  Fourth  Standard  School  will  become 
the  natural  sequel  to  the  primary  school  for 
the  children  of  the  people. 

Let  us  take,  as  an  example,  iron  work.  The 
first  thing  made  is  a  plate,  out  of  sheet-iron  for 
the  handle  of  a  drawer.  Each  pupil  has  a  model. 
This  is  analysed  by  the  class  and  the  teacher, 
as  to  its  nature,  its  object,  its  utility,  its  raw 
material,  its  shape,  and  its  dimensions.  The 
pupil  takes  the  exact  measurements,  and  makes  a 
free-hand  sketch.  They  then  adjourn  to  the 
workshop.  The  teacher  gives  the  necessary 
technical  explanations  with  regard  to  the  tools, 
the  work,  etc.  Each  pupil  makes  the  object 
according  to  the  pattern.  Nothing  is  more 
curious  than  the  lesson  of  invention.  The  pupils 
are  asked  how  the  type  of  the  plate  made  out  of 
sheet-iron  may  be  altered  eventually.  The 
pupils  try  to  find  out,  and  give  their  answers.2 
Finally,  how  is  the  plate  to  be  ornamented  ? 
And  what  shall  the  ornamentation  be  ?  What 
tools  shall  be  used,  what  machines,  what  moulding, 
what  lines  ?  The  pupils  then  go  home  and  think, 
and  are  thus  taught  to  use  their  own  initiative  or 

1  Compulsory  education   in   Belgium   became   law  shortly 
afterwards. 

2  Devogel,  loc.  cit. 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  169 

enterprise,  and  to  exercise  their  faculty  of 
invention.  They  all,  always  succeed  in  producing 
good  results.  This  lesson,  by  which  the  pupils 
acquire  a  method,  is  adapted  to  the  capacities 
of  the  scholar.  He  searches,  he  discovers,  he 
invents  with  his  own  faculties.  The  pupil's 
imagination  is  kept  awake,  developed,  and 
excited.  By  the  end  of  the  year,  articles  are  made 
in  unison.  The  whole  class  then  forms  only  one 
workshop  and  the  pupils  discuss  the  outlines  of 
the  project,  the  details  to  be  made,  etc.  It  is  a 
true  initiation  into  social  life,  and  the  happy 
results  of  this  process  will  accompany  the  future 
workman  during  the  whole  of  his  career. 

We  can  estimate  the  value  of  the  teaching 
at  the  Fourth  Standard  School  of  Saint  Gilles, 
by  glancing  at  M.  Mattot's  two  manuals,  he 
being  a  teacher  at  the  school.  The  first  of  these 
manuals  is  devoted  to  a  Course  on  tools  and 
handier  afts,1  the  second,2  to  Metal  work  in  the 
Student's  workshop.  In  the  preface  of  the  first 
of  these  books  M.  Devogel  asks  for  compulsory 
education  up  to  18  years ;  primary,  upper 
primary,  and  industrial. 

1  A.  P.  Mattot,  Cours  d'culils  et  de  metiers  manuels.     Vol. 
328    p.    with    354    engravings,    1912    Brussels.     Preface    by 
M.    V.    Devogel.     Leb^gue. 

2  The    Same  :    Le    travail   des    Metaux    a    I' atelier    scolaire 
Vol.  of  214  p.  with  128  engravings,   1913  Brussels.     Preface 
by  M.  V.  Devogel,  Lebegue. 


170          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

The  Industrial  School,  under  the  University 
of  Labour,  would  comprise  the  continuation  of 
primary,  and  upper  primary  studies,  and  the 
handling  of  tools  of  a  mechanical  type.  Appren- 
ticeship, in  other  words  specialisation,  would 
be  served  or  taught  in  the  workshop,  the  timber- 
yard,  the  factory.  Everywhere,  from  6  to  18 
years  of  age,  teaching  should  have  general  develop- 
ment and  the  awakening  of  vocational  talent, 
as  its  aim  ;  everywhere  the  dream  would  be 
to  form  the  man.  These  will  be  the  "  humanities  " 
for  manual  or  technical  craftsmen. 

General  technology  will  play  a  considerable 
part  in  this  programme.  The  workman  of  the 
future  will  thus  be  liberally  instructed.  The 
technical  education  of  man  will  thus  be  realised. 
Through  all  the  stages  of  education  it  will  stand 
side  by  side,  and  rank  equally  with  physical, 
intellectual,  moral  and  aesthetic  education. 
It  will  be  studied  at  the  same  time  as  these  other 
subjects  in  the  primary  school.  In  the  upper 
primary  school,  and  in  the  industrial  college, 
it  will  be  based  on  a  solid  foundation  of  mathe- 
matics, natural  science,  and  design.  The  course 
on  tools  is  more  than  synthetic,  it  is  adopting 
M.  Paul  Hyman's  saying  the  philosophy  of 
Manual  work. 

M.    Mattot,    quoting    Franklin,    says,    "  that 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  171 

which  distinguishes  man  from  the  other  animals  is, 
that  he  manufactures  tools."  The  author  gives 
very  complete  lists  of  tools,  he  distinguishes  20 
classes  of  them.  Each  instrument  is  described, 
and  a  very  precise  idea  is  given  of  it.  The  book 
is  illustrated  with  350  engravings. 

The  second  book  is  devoted  to  metal  work. 
It  is  a  complete  guide  to  raw  materials,  to  tools, 
and  the  procedure  of  working  in  metals,  with 
suggestions  for  exercises  for  the  first  (13-14  years  of 
age),  and  second  (14-15  years  of  age)  years'  training. 

We  see  that  the  school  of  Saint  Gilles  fully 
accepts  the  pedagogic  theory  of  handicrafts,  which 
the  Americans  have  formulated  in  the  following 
manner.1  "  The  scientific  theory  of  education 
through  the  handicrafts  is  definitely  established. 
All  conscious  movement  has  its  origin  in  an 
excitation  of  the  motor  cells  of  the  brain.  Thought 
without  action,  may  develop  the  imagination, 
but  leaves  the  will-power  uncultivated.  Will 
can  only  be  developed  through  action.  All 
muscular  movements  react  on  the  brain  cells  by 
sensation,  and  fix  themselves  in  the  centres  of 
association  in  the  form  of  perceptions  and  images. 
In  order  to  increase  the  receptivity  of  the  brain, 
a  rational  education  requires  that  we  shall  vary 

1 0.  Buyse,  Methodes  americaines  d 'education  gen&ale  et 
technique,  3rd.  ed.,  1913,  Duriod  and  Pinat,  Pari-j. 


THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 


the  nature  of  the  movements  exacted  by  manual 
work,  so  that  all  the  other  groups  may  be 
interested  in  succession.  From  these  facts  it  is 
evident  that,  in  order  to  develop  the  entire  motor 
region  of  the  brain,  full  and  various  exercises 
must  be  multiplied,  and  directed  in  such  a  way 
as  to  sharpen  the  sensitiveness,  to  quicken  thought, 
and  to  strengthen  the  will.  If  the  movement 
becomes  a  habit  the  result  of  this  will  also  be 
that  it  will  be  made  without  reflection  and  will 
cease  to  develop  the  motor  cells,  and,  therefore, 
cease  to  have  any  educational  value.  It  is  only 
during  the  first  period  of  excitation,  that  the 
action  of  manual  work  is  efficacious.  Exercises 
pushed  beyond  the  educative  point,  may  become 
the  means  of  preparing  for  more  advanced  work, 
of  an  industrial  kind,  but  they  can  no  longer  be 
ranked  amongst  those  which  contribute  to 
general  development. 

"  The  result  of  this  is,  that  the  educational 
action  of  the  various  forms  of  manual  work  should 
be  measured  by  the  progression  of  the  mental 
reactions  which  they  are  capable  of  provoking. 
This  is  why  some  teachers  cause  girls  to  perform 
the  same  work  as  boys,  in  the  primary,  and  even 
in  the  secondary  schools." 

In  a  recent  article,1  M.   R.  Astier,  a  senator 

1  R.  Astier,  Les  tvavuux  Manuels,  Le  Journal,  15  May,  191?- 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  173 

and  president  of  the  Commission  on  Technical 
Education  in  France,  asks  why  ~the  question 
concerning  the  reorganisation  of  industrial 
education  in  France,  officially  propounded  in 
1905,  has  not  yet  been  answered.  One  reason 
for  this  regrettable  inertia  is  due  to  a  prejudice, 
far  too  wide-spread  in  France,  which  has  a  tendency 
to  look  down  upon  manual  work  as  derogatory. 
Now,  M.  Astier  affirms  that  there  is  no  thorough 
technical  teaching  without  manual  work.  That 
constitutes  its  base,  its  point  of  departure.  Now, 
owing  to  a  national  fault  which  has  become 
more  pronounced  during  the  last  century,  the 
Frenchman  seems  to  look  upon  manual  work  as 
"  servile  work."  He  will  not  see  that  without 
it  the  most  ingenious  creations  of  the  mind,  the 
ideas  of  a  Papin,  a  Pasteur,  of  a  Berthelot,  could 
not  have  been  realised.  The  one  ambition  of  the 
middle  classes  for  their  sons  is  that  they  should 
enter  either  the  liberal  professions  or  become 
officials. 

We  believe  the  danger  to  be  even  greater  than 
M.  Astier  warns  us  of,  because  the  working  classes 
themselves  think  they  are  raising  themselves  a 
step  in  the  social  scale  by  pushing  their  sons  into 
bureaucratic  careers.  We  have  seen  what  Bel- 
gium has  done  for  the  workman  who  wishes  to 
remain  a  working  man.  It  seems  as  though  it 


174          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

might  be  possible  to  efficaciously  oppose  these 
bad  tendencies  and  prejudices  by  a  suitable 
education.  There  are  various  ways  of  presenting 
work  under  an  agreeable  aspect.  In  the  first 
place,  the  feeling  of  human  solidarity  makes  one 
happy  and  proud  to  contribute  to  a  common 
task,  not  with  the  object  of  enriching  the  master, 
but  for  the  common  good  of  society.  Therefore, 
all  that  exalts  and  ennobles  labour  should  be 
made  clear.  In  the  second  place,  there  is  the 
aesthetic  side.  For  this  the  works  of  poets, 
sculptors,  and  painters  who  have  made  the 
apotheosis  of  labour  should  be  popularized. 
Force,  courage,  perseverance,  all  have  beauty. 
And  .the  clank  of  metals,  the  heat  of  factories, 
the  flames  of  the  furnace,  coal  mining,  all  speak 
an  appealing  language,  more  proud  and  attractive 
than  that  of  the  peaceful  occupations  of  a  bureau- 
crat. 

Now  let  us  pass  on  to  technical  education  pro- 
perly so-called  (V2,3). 

Councils  for  the  improvement  of  technical 
teaching  have  been  formed  in  Hainaut,  in  Brabant, 

1  j.  lotcyko.  I'Univcrsite  du  travail  de  C/uirlerci  ei  Ic  pro- 
bleme  de  I'apprentisage  (Revue  generate  cies  sciences,  15  fevrier, 
1917. 

3  Charles  Gheude,  V  Enseignement  technique  dans  le  Brabant. 
Publication  clc  la  Ligne  de  1'Enseignement,  21  p.  Brussels,  1912. 

3  J.  H.  de  Wemel,  Enseignement  technique  pour  jeunes 
gens  et  adaidts.  Enseig.  de  la  ville  de  Bruxelles.  Broch. 
de  45  p.,  1910  Brussels. 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  175 

and  in  Brussels.  The  technical  training  of  the 
workman  has  been  placed  in  the  first  rank  of  the 
social  problems  of  the  day.  The  numerous 
technical  schools  founded  by  the  city  of  Brussels 
have  many  aims,  they  are  principally :  to 
improve  the  craft,  so  as  to  train  picked  workmen 
(school  of  jewellery,  of  typography,  book-binding, 
gilding,  lead  work,  plumbing,  mechanics,  etc.)  ; 
to  put  the  young  men  of  the  country  in  a  position 
to  carry  on,  in  their  entirety,  trades  to  a  great 
extent  monopolised  by  foreigners  (school  of 
hairdressing)  ;  to  remedy  the  inadequate  pre- 
paration in  languages,  and  accountancy ;  to 
fight  against  "  machine-ism  ;  "  to  give  birth  to  a 
taste  for  the  beautiful  and  good ;  to  enable 
national  industries  to  successfully  sustain  the 
struggle  against  foreign  competition  (school  of 
lithography)  ;  to  keep  in  touch  with  progress  ; 
to  improve  public  taste  by  improving  the  artisans ; 
to  democratize  teaching  by  making  it  accessible 
to  all ;  to  create  a  remunerative  trade ;  to 
revive  a  trade,  fallen  into  decay  by  reason  of  a 
difficult  apprenticeship  and  rudimentary  organisa- 
tion ;  to  fight  against  an  immoderate  infatuation 
for  office  careers  ;  to  prevent  the  artisan  from 
becoming  reduced  to  the  role  of  a  mere  machine 
without  any  ideals  ;  to  take  physical  and  in- 
tellectual aptitudes  into  account ;  to  avoid  the 


176          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

creation  of  inefficient  artisans  who  would  encumber 
the  trade  ;  and  to  establish  a  connection  between 
the  various  trades  that  have  points  of  contact. 
The  complementary  teaching  of  ideas  in  which 
young  people  might  be  lacking,  the  study  of  all 
papers  of  technical  interest,  the  forming  of  special 
libraries,  holding  lantern  lectures,  visits  to  museums, 
monuments,  factories,  excursions,  the  exhibi- 
tion of  works  of  past  scholars,  all  combine  in 
making  up  an  exhaustive  curriculum. 

It  is  impossible  to  speak  of  each  school  separ- 
ately. We  must  be  content  to  indicate  the 
methods  of  teaching  adopted  in  some  of  them. 

The  characteristic  of  the  teaching  in  the  School 
of  design,  modelling  and  wood-carving,  consists  in 
(contrary  to  the  special  academies  of  design  and 
modelling,  which  generally  only  teach  from 
the  classics)  teaching  the  pupil  how  he  should 
understand  his  work,  the  object  of  which  is  its 
application  to  the  building  and  furniture-making 
industries.  The  subject  given  is  first  of  all 
sketched,  then  modelled  according  to  the  sketch, 
and  is  finally  executed  in  wood.  The  pupil 
is  at  the  same  time  initiated  in  a  knowledge  of  the 
different  styles  employed  in  decorative  art  and 
furnishing.  At  the  technical  school  of  mechanics 
the  professors  avoid  empirical  work  and  give  the 
most  rational  scientific  basis  for  the  manufacture 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  177 

of  the  object  to  be  produced.  The  construction 
of  an  apparatus  is  made  in  accordance  with  a 
plan  sketched  by  the  pupil,  and  afterwards 
verified  by  the  master. 

The  teaching  in  the  training  school  for  plumbing 
aims  at  the  training  of  certified  sanitary  plumbers, 
such  as  have  been  asked  for  by  the  various 
International  Congresses  of  Hygiene.  They 
furthermore  endeavour  to  resuscitate  the  industry 
in  ornamental  lead- work.  Sanitary  technology 
is  taught  in  two,  three,  or  four  years  of  study. 

The  pupil  who  leaves  at  the  end  of  three  years 
should  be  competent  to,  himself,  elaborate  a 
complete  system  of  sanitary  drainage  and  to 
carry  it  through  in  all  its  details.  Drawing, 
physics,  and  chemistry  are  the  subjects  of  serious 
study. 

The  industrial  school  of  ornamental  tapestry 
trains  its  pupils  in  the  problems  of  aesthetics  and 
art.  An  art  decorator  cannot  ignore  the  dis- 
tinctive characteristics  of  the  different  styles  of 
house  furniture,  and  inside  decoration.  A  course 
on  the  history  of  art,  answers  this  purpose  the  best. 

The  course  for  typography  has  for  its  object  the 
training  of  picked  workman  in  order  that  Belgian 
printing  shall  not  only  be  able  to  compete  satis- 
factorily with  foreign  productions,  but  also  to 
recapture  the  prosperity  and  renown  which  she 

M 


178          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

enjoyed  in  Plantin's  days.  The  creation  of  a 
style,  of  a  national  method,  that  will  allow  of  the 
recognition  of  books  printed  in  Belgium,  just  as 
this  is  the  case  with  some  that  are  printed  in 
Germany,  France,  England,  etc.,  each  of  these 
countries  possessing  a  style  of  its  own,  is  another 
object.  The  motto  taken  "  raise  the  level  of  the 
typographic  art,"  indicates  a  clearly  artistic 
programme,  which  has  a  still  higher  aim, — to 
make  creative  craftsmen,  without,  however,  neglect- 
ing the  mechanical  side,  which  becomes,  more 
and  more  important  every  day.  The  courses 
in  design  develop  good  taste,  the  sense  of  observa- 
tion, and  the  analysis  of  complicated  subjects, 
and  permit  of  the  production  of  the  complete  work. 
The  course  on  colouring  has  three  principal 
objects  :  (i)  To  enable  the  workman  to  produce 
all  the  shades  of  colour  with  a  sure  hand,  by  a 
study  of  colour  and  material ;  (2)  To  make  of 
the  typographist  the  direct  collaborator  of  the 
artist  by  enabling  him  to  acquire  ideas  on  art, 
sufficient  for  this  purpose  ;  (3)  To  enable  the 
workman  to  use  coloured  inks.  These  three 
points  are  developed  in  thirty  lessons  in  the 
theoretical  course.  The  practical  course  consists 
of  sixty  lessons. 

As  far  as  the  book  industry  is  concerned,  the 
city  of  Brussels  possesses  a  Technical  school  of 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  179 

Art-binding  and  gilding,  where,  side  by  side  with 
subjects  of  a  technical  nature  a  course  is  given 
on  the  history  of  the  book  and  of  book-binding. 

The  Commercial  School  is  a  school  for  the 
training  of  clerks. 

The  city  of  Brussels  has  declared  its  determina- 
tion to  see  the  founding  of  Normal  Technical 
Schools,  and  Industrial  Universities,  which  shall 
constitute  a  Federation  of  the  Industrial  Schools 
of  the  Kingdom.  A  second  resolve  is  to  institute 
a  propaganda  in  favour  of  compulsory  industrial 
training  as  a  consequence  of  compulsory  primary 
education. 


2. — THE      CHARLEROI      UNIVERSITY      OF      LABOUR. 

The  problem  of  Technical  Education  and 
training,  ranks  amongst  the  most  important  of 
our  century  wherein  industrialisation  is  pushed 
to  an  extreme,  and  the  problem  has  become 
exaggerated  since  events  have  rendered  workmen 
scarce,  even  though,  after  war  conditions  should  be 
marked  by  a  renewed  need,  and  an  accelerated 
productivity.  All  eyes  are  turned,  so  to  speak, 
towards  that  side  of  life,  towards  the  best  methods 
of  organising  it  and  fostering  an  increase  of 
productivity. 


180          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

We  think  that  an  enquiry  concerning  the 
Belgian  technical  institutions  will  furnish  a  really 
interesting  study  of  activity,  Belgium  being  the 
country  where  industrial  production  has  attained 
to  a  rate  unknown  elsewhere  in  Europe  at  present, 
in  proportion  to  the  number  of  its  inhabitants. 
The  Charleroi  University  of  Labour,  which  is  well- 
known  to  the  writer  personally,  thanks  to  visits 
and  studies  made  upon  the  spot,  has  happily 
escaped  the  bombardment,  from  the  effects  of 
which  the  town  itself  has  suffered  terribly.  For 
a  description  of  it  we  will  borrow  the  following 
passage  from  M.  Omer  Buyse,  former  director 
of  the  institution1  "  From  the  Mound  of  Waterloo 
which  dominates  the  agglomeration  of  boroughs, 
of  which  Charleroi  is  the  centre,  the  view  stretches 
over  a  region  which  has  not  its  equal  in  the 
world,  from  the  standpoint  of  the  concentration 
of  industry  and  the  density  of  the  working-class 
population.  In  the  foreground,  the  city  which 
has  not  yet  reached  its  full  extent,  and  its  suburbs, 
descends  to  the  banks  of  the  Sambre ;  the 
industrial  landscape  stretches  out  beyond  ;  the 
framework  of  the  winding  gear  of  the  coalmines 
is  visible  all  over  the  place,  and  the  landscape 
is  punctuated  with  the  rounded  hillocks  at  the 

1  Omer  Buyse,  Methodes  americaines  d' Education  generate 
et  technique,  3rd.  ed.,  1913.  Paris  847  p.  and  398  ills.  The 
last  chapter  is  devoted  to  the  University  of  Labour. 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  181 

pit-heads  ;  by  the  great  bays  of  the  glass  works, 
the  balls  of  cherry-coloured  glass  attached  to  the 
retorts  of  the  blowers  may  be  seen  balancing 
themselves  with  a  majestic  rhythm.  A  multitude 
of  chimneys  belch  out  their  black  smoke  ;  the 
heavy  outlines  of  the  tall  furnaces  stand  out 
against  the  foundries,  forges,  rolling-mills,  work- 
shops for  the  manufacture  of  metal  work,  mechani- 
cal, and  electrical,  chemical  factories,  and  those 
for  refractory  products.  Of  an  evening  above  the 
steel- works  jets  of  shimmering  light  rise  up, 
which  illuminate  the  foggy  sky  like  a  gigantic 
blaze  of  fireworks.  Puffs  of  white  vapour, 
escaping  from  the  engines  are  the  outward  signs 
of  the  intense  labour  which  the  working  popula- 
tion performs  for  its  daily  bread,  at  the  price 
of  effort  and  of  danger,  a  thousand  yards 
under-ground,  and  within  the  shade  of  the 
factories.  The  sight  gives  an  impression  of 
grandeur. 

"  The  province  of  Hainaut  could  not  have  chosen 
a  more  appropriate  site  for  the  first  University 
of  Labour  which  it  founded  in  accordance  with 
the  grand  conception  of  M.  Paul  Pastur,  its 
permanent  deputy,  and  M.  Alfred  Langlois, 
at  that  time  Inspector  of  Technical  Education 
in  Hainaut.  That  institution  combines  with  the 
activities  of  that  laborious  region  to  dominate 


182          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

the  country  like  an  ideal  for  the  technical  and 
moral  raising  of  the  working  class. 

"  The  title,  '  University  of  Labour,'  which 
covers  the  whole  of  the  technical  educational 
system  for  Hainaut  concentrated  at  Charleroi, 
is  very  arresting  to  those  interested  in  industrial 
progress  and  the  education  of  the  working  man. 
A  title  of  nobility,  a  tardy  homage  paid  to 
manual  labour  on  which  compliments  and 
favours  are  too  rarely  showered,  because  it  is 
performed  by  those  whose  education  and  training 
has  always  been  neglected  !  " 

The  two  buildings  occupied  by  the  University 
of  Labour  cover  a  surface  of  three  and  three- 
quarter  acres  ;  the  style  of  architecture  is  sober  and 
severe  ;  in  the  large  hall  stands  the  statue  of 
the  Hammerer '  by  Constantin  Meunier.  The 
Institution  was  founded  by  the  province  of 
Hainaut ;  the  Belgian  traditions  of  decentralisa- 
tion, and  communal  and  provincial  autonomy, 
give  to  communal  and  provincial  administrations 
the  right  of  initiative  This  plan  of  action 
permits  of  the  existence  of  an  organisation  de- 
voted to  the  local  needs  of  the  population.  The 
University  of  Labour  has  come  into  being  in  the 
most  industrial  province  in  the  country.  Its 
management  was  undertaken  by  M.  Omer  Buyse, 
who  had  for  a  long  time  studied  the  conditions 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  183 

of  technical  education  in  the  United  States  of 
America.  M.  Omer  Buyse  resigned  his  post 
in  1914,  only  a  few  months  before  the  outbreak 
of  war,  and  the  invasion  of  Belgium,  for  the 
benefit  of  the  second  University  of  Labour,  which 
was  to  be  founded  in  Brussels.  The  capital  of 
Belgium  did  not  wish  to  loiter  behind  on  the 
road  to  industrial  and  technical  progress,  and  it 
commissioned  Mr.  Buyse  to  organise  a  similar 
institution  (which  was  also  to  include  a  section 
reserved  for  women),  intended  to  act  as  a  centre 
for  the  whole  of  the  technical  and  industrial 
schools  of  the  province  of  Brabant.  What  fate 
is  in  store  for  this  new  foundation  ?  We  trust 
it  awaits  its  realization  in  a  not  far  distant  future. 

We  will  return  briefly  to  the  arrangement 
and  the  character  of  the  various  uses  of  the 
University  of  Labour  at  Charleroi,  taking 
official  documents  as  our  guides. 

The  district  of  Charleroi  includes  six  industrial 
communal  schools,  which  have  six  thousand 
working  children  as  scholars.  In  conjunction 
with  these  schools,  the  University  of  Labour  has 
instituted  a  system  of  technical  education, 
which  comprises  the  Industrial  Day  Schools  and 
Industrial  Evening  and  Sunday  courses,  the 
middle  stage  being  the  Upper  Industrial  School, 
and  the  highest  the  Upper  Finishing  Course. 


184          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

Thus,  to  every  young  man  of  intelligence  and 
perseverance,  this  institution  offers  graduated 
series  of  courses  that  he  may  pass  through  (without 
being  called  upon  to  make  any  pecuniary  sacrifices) 
and  raise  himself  from  the  most  modest  social 
level  to  the  highest  point  of  technical  knowledge. 
One  noteworthy  characteristic  of  the  method 
of  teaching  introduced  in  the  University  of  Labour 
is  the  amount  of  experimental  work  done  ;  side 
by  side  with  the  theoretical  course,  a  number  of 
technical  manipulations  and  experiments  are 
made  ;  by  this  means  a  large  amount  of  material 
is  dealt  with.  It  is  thus  that  the  physical  and 
mechanical  phenomena  which  form  the  base  of 
almost  all  constructive  industries  are  taught, 
in  an  experimental  and  quantitative  form  analo- 
gous to  the  conditions  of  the  industry  itself. 
For  example,  all  the  phenomena  and  the  laws 
which  refer  to  the  flowing  of  fluids,  are  demon- 
strated by  means  of  elaborate  apparatus,  such  as 
a  branch  canal  from  the  town  water  works,  of 
which  the  pressure  and  supply  are  regulated 
by  taps  and  measured  by  metres,  and  manometers. 
Ideas  as  to  the  mechanical  properties  of  materials 
are  verified  on  apparatus  for  testing  by  bending 
tension,  compression,  torsion  and  shock,  identical 
to  those  actually  employed  in  the  industries 
themselves.  The  courses  on  machine  tools  for 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  185 

joiners  and  modellers  are  supported  by  experi- 
ments on  industrial  machines  ;  ideas  on  boilers, 
steam  kettles,  etc.,  are  taught  by  practical  manipu- 
lations ;  the  course  on  electricity  is  experimental, 
as  is  also  that  on  thermodynamics. 

The  Eleven  Industrial  Evening  and  Sunday 
Schools  are  intended  for  the  training :  (i)  of 
printers  and  typographers ;  (2)  of  plumbers 
and  glaziers ;  (3)  zinc-workers ;  (4)  bakers ; 
(5)  pastry-cooks  ;  (6)  market-gardeners ;  (7) 
locksmiths ;  (8)  tailors ;  (9)  industrial  model- 
lers ;  (10)  moulders  and  founders ;  (n)  elec- 
trical fitters.  These  schools  only  take  young 
men  who  are  really  employed  in  the  trade  ;  they 
are  attended  by  500  apprentices  and  workmen. 

The  bakery  school  of  the  University  of  Labour 
was  the  first  to  be  established  in  France  and  in 
Belgium,  and  its  establishment  awakened  keen 
curiosity  in  the  bakers'  union,  the  trade  having 
been,  in  the  highest  degree,  traditional.  Amongst 
scientific  trades,  that  which  is  taught  in  the 
plumbing  school  is  of  great  interest ;  it  has 
preserved  its  manual  character.  As  regards  the 
school  of  electricity,  the  basis  of  the  study,  as  here 
taught,  is  technical  electricity  which  permits  of 
experimental  study  in  the  electrical  laboratory 
and  in  the  generation  of  continuous  and  alterna- 
ting currents,  of  the  phenomena  and  laws  of 


186          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

electricity,  and  of  its  application  to  lighting, 
its  motor  power  and  other  transformations 
of  electrical  energy.  The  technological  courses 
on  electrical  industries  are  nothing  but  one 
long  succession  of  manipulations  which  are 
performed  by  the  pupils  themselves  on  some 
material  connected  with  the  industry,  under  the 
guidance  of  the  teachers ;  the  theory  of  the 
operations  is  taught  by  a  course  of  lectures 
delivered  in  the  auditorium  of  the  laboratory 
itself.  Technical  drawing  plays  one  of  the  most 
important  parts  in  this  teaching.  The  evening 
schools  have  the  effect  of  extending  the  scientific 
and  trade  knowledge  of  the  workmen,  and  of 
widening  their  productive  powers. 

The  Industrial  Day  Schools,  are  four  in  number, 
and  have  four  school  years :  The  School  of 
Mechanics,  the  School  of  Electricity,  the  School 
of  Joinery,  and  the  Modelling  School.  They  are 
attended  by  700  apprentices,  free  of  charge. 
The  branches  of  trade  taught  here  give  the 
apprentices  a  preparatory  training  for  every 
trade.  In  the  first  year's  course,  the  beginners 
execute  a  graduated  series  of  subjects  in  wood 
and  in  iron  ;  their  aptitudes  are  indicated  and 
their  tastes  are  developed.  At  the  end  of  the  year 
they  take  up  one  technical  speciality,  which  they 
choose  under  the  advice  of  their  teachers  and 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  187 

parents.  All  the  pupils  do  the  work  themselves, 
keep  their  own  tools  in  order,  and  draw  their  own 
plans.  The  course  on  the  technology  of  con- 
struction, combined  with  the  mechanics  and  the 
strength  of  materials,  completes  the  technical 
training  of  builders,  etc.  An  experimental 
course  on  heat  and  steam  engines  completes  the 
industrial  training  of  mechanical  engineers  (auto- 
mobile engineers,  etc.).  A  wage  of  from  5-20 
centimes  per  hour  is  paid  to  the  pupils  during 
their  apprenticeship. 

The  Upper  Industrial  School  is  of  a  superior 
order.  Those  employers  and  workmen  who 
have,  thanks  to  their  taste  and  skill,  been  able  to 
leave  elementary  industrial  schools  and  trade 
schools,  have  the  means  of  perfecting  themselves 
in  the  evening  and  Sunday  courses  of  the  Upper 
Industrial  School,  which  are  spread  over  three 
years  because  of  there  being  only  nine  hour's 
attendance  per  week.  In  order  to  be  admitted  to  the 
Upper  Industrial  School,  the  pupil  must  be  18 
years  of  age,  which  assumes  that  apprenticeship 
must  have  been  served,  and  the  knowledge  of  a 
trade  acquired.  Six  hundred  pupils  attended  these 
courses  in  1912-3  ;  they  were  distributed  among 
nine  sections,  which  represented  the  large  indus- 
tries of  the  district,  that  is  to  say :  (a)  Mechanical 
Engineers  and  Draughtsmen  ;  (b)  Electricians  ; 


i88          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

(c)  Civil  Engineers ;  (d)  Mining ;  (e)  Chemical 
Industries  ;  (/)  Metallurgical  Industries  ;  (g)  In- 
dustrial Arts ;  (h)  Science  of  Accountancy ;  (i)  Cor- 
respondents. And  it  is  a  most  interesting  sight 
to  see  the  auditoriums  and  the  laboratories 
crowded  with  men  of  from  18-20,  sometimes 
30  years  of  age,  who,  after  the  tiring  occupations 
of  the  day,  come  there  to  attend  courses  for  an 
additional  three  years.  This  effort  is  chiefly 
necessitated  by  the  rapid  changes  in  the  processes 
of  working.  The  Upper  Industrial  School 
takes  an  active  part  in  the  progress  of  this  depart- 
ment of  industry,  by  providing  those  workmen 
already  trained  with  the  foundations  of  a  perfect 
scientific  and  technical  education.  The  scientific 
character  of  the  courses  given  here  is  clearly 
acknowledged.  Besides,  it  is  experience  which 
is  its  essential  foundation  ;  from  the  standpoint 
of  experimental  methods,  the  school  possesses 
a  wealth  of  appliances.  In  certain  sections  it 
is  quite  complete  (the  electrical  for  example). 
The  metallurgical  and  chemical  laboratories, 
with  their  spacious  halls,  are  provided  with 
tables  to  work  at,  with  ovens  and  with  all  the 
apparatus  necessary  for  the  study  of  electro- 
chemistry. 

The  finishing  courses  in  technology  are  intended 
for   all   the   young  men   of   the   wealthy   classes 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  189 

destined  to  form  a  staff  of  specialists  for  the  great 
national  industries  of  the  country.  This  course 
entails  at  least  two  hundred  hours  of  instruction, 
and  manipulation,  and  entitles  the  students 
to  a  Technician's  Diploma.  It  now  remains  for 
us  to  speak  of  the  Technological  Museum.  The 
first  purpose  of  this  Museum  is  to  contribute  to 
the  improvement  of  the  methods  of  technical 
teaching  ;  this  purpose  is  attained  by  exhibiting 
the  works  of  industrial  schools,  by  normal  courses, 
and  by  the  central  laboratory  of  the  schools. 

The  normal  courses  for  the  Professors  at  the 
commercial  and  industrial  schools,  which  have 
been  given  since  1905,  are  an  indispensable 
complement  to  technical  teaching.  These  courses 
are  intended  to  attract  those  workmen  and  em- 
ployees who  have  been  selected  by  their  Upper 
Industrial  School  for  a  professorial  career  ;  these 
courses  last  for  two  years  and  are  attended 
by  80  students. 

The  Museum  sends,  free  of  cost,  to  those 
schools  which  ask  for  them,  its  technological 
collections  and  its  apparatus,  to  enable  them 
to  extend  the  field  of  their  demonstrations, 
which  are  generally  circumscribed ;  these  col- 
lections are  also  accessible  to  parties  of  scholars 
from  other  schools,  when  conducted  by  their 
professors ;  industrial  experiments  and  experi- 


THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 


mental  meetings  are  arranged  for  them  in  their 
own  laboratories,  thus  bringing  those  industrial 
schools  which  are  too  isolated,  into  touch  with 
current  ideas.  Seventeen  trade  asssociations,  of 
which  thirteen  are  under  patronage,  and  four 
artisan,  aid  its  efforts  to  attract  the  industrial 
classes  towards  a  regeneration  of  labour. 

The  Museum  possesses  some  superb  collections, 
such  as  apparatus  illustrative  of  the  types  of 
mechanism  invented  from  the  time  of  the  invention 
of  the  steam  engine  down  to  the  present  day, 
collections  connected  with  metallurgical  indus- 
tries, chemistry,  ceramics,  brewing,  distilling, 
and  soap  making,  and  which  demonstrate  synop- 
tically  the  processes  through  which  the  raw 
materials  pass  in  these  trades.  The  collections 
in  all  their  variety,  serve  to  illustrate  labour. 
In  the  lecture  hall  of  the  library,  visitors  are 
permitted  to  consult  the  books  and  to  make 
notes  and  plans. 

A  staff  for  commercial  consultations  exists 
and  gives  most  useful  aid.  We  may  also  mention 
intermittent  courses  for  trained  masters  and  men, 
courses  which  make  demonstrations  and  which 
offer  valuable  help  to  those  who  think  themselves 
too  old  to  attend  the  regular  courses  of  a  school 
(they  are  attended  by  many  thousands  of 
auditors),  and  systematically  organised  trade 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  191 

competitions  having  for  their  object  the  stimula- 
tion of  the  workman  in  his  endeavours  to  attain 
self-improvement.  In  this  manner  in  the  course 
of  a  year,  the  University  of  Labour  has  organised 
competitions  between  typographers,  tailors,  plum- 
bers, masons,  plasterers,  and  bakers. 

To  sum  up  the  University  of  Labour,  based 
upon  the  principles  of  American  methods  of 
technical  education,  brought  over  from  the 
United  States  by  Omer  Buyse,  renders  the  greatest 
service  to  the  industrial  province  of  Hainaut. 
Opened  in  1903  with  152  pupils  it  has  collected 
together  a  permanent  population  of  nearly  2,000 
scholars.  The  pupils  trained  in  these  schools 
have  materially  contributed  to  the  improvement 
of  the  technical  methods  of  factories  and  workshops. 


3. — BELGIAN      INITIATIVE      IN      THE       INDUSTRIAL 
RE-EDUCATION   OF  THOSE  MAIMED   IN   THE  WAR, 
IN     FRANCE. 

In  this  triumph  of  applied  science,  the  Province 
of  Hainaut  has  not  forgotten  the  unfortunate 
victims  of  accidents  incurred  in  the  prosecution 
of  their  work  ;  it  has  dreamed  of  re-constructing 


THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 


a  new  life  for  them,  also  based  upon  productive 
labour. 

The  School  for  those  crippled  and  broken  by  toil, 
established  by  the  Province  at  Charleroi,  could 
certainly  never  have  anticipated  such  a  glorious 
destiny  as  was  reserved  for  it  only  a  few  years 
after  its  foundation.  M.  Herriot,  Mayor  of  Lyons 
and  Senator  for  the  Rhone,  has  not  hesitated  to 
declare  that  "  all  the  schools  for  the  re-education 
of  those  wounded  in  the  war  must  be  regarded 
as  branches  of  the  School  for  Cripples  at 
Charleroi." 

Before  recording  the  part  played  by  Belgium, 
and  particularly  by  the  Province  of  Hainaut, 
in  the  work  of  the  re-education  of  those  wounded 
in  France,  let  us  devote  a  few  words  to  the 
School  at  Charleroi. 

Its  inspirer  was  M.  Pastur,  permanent  deputy 
for  Hainant.  In  the  course  of  a  minute  enquiry 
he  learnt  that  most  of  those  maimed  in  the 
industries  were  condemned  to  idleness.  In 
collaboration  with  M.  Caty,  he,  in  1907,  laid 
before  the  provincial  Council  of  Hainaut  a  paper 
entitled  :  L'  Assistance  aux  Estropies  par  la 
creation  d'ecoles  d'  apprentissage  et  d'  ateliers. 
(Assistance  for  the  injured,  by  the  establishment 
of  schools  of  apprenticeship,  and  workshops). 
The  authors  asked  that  such  a  school  should  be 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  193 

founded  for  the  Province  of  Hainaut,  at 
Charleroi.  The  proposal  was  accepted,  and  that 
same  year,  a  commission  composed  of  MM. 
Pastur,  Caty,  Balthazar,  and  Dourlet,  was  sent 
on  a  mission  to  Sweden,  Norway,  Germany, 
and  France,  there  to  study  industries  for  the 
maimed. 

In  1908,  the  school  for  cripples  was  founded  at 
Charleroi,  the  only  one  actually  existing  in 
Belgium  itself,1  and  the  first  in  Western  Europe. 
The  school  was  placed  under  the  management 
of  Dr.  Dourlet.2  The  aim  of  the  school  is  to 
place  those  injured  in  their  work  in  a  position 
to  derive  what  benefit  they  can  from  whatever 
capacity  for  work  there  may  be  left  to  them  ; 
for  this  a  special  training  is  required,  based  upon 
the  nature  of  the  physical  handicap  from  which 
they  are  suffering,  and  upon  an  industry  appro- 
priate to  their  remaining  powers.  The  School 
for  Cripples  is  connected  with  the  technical 
institutions  founded  by  the  Province  of  Hainaut, 
and  to  the  Charleroi  University  of  Labour  in 
particular.  Each  apprentice,  after  the  first 
month,  receives  wages,  and  meals  in  the  canteen 

1  Several  months  before  the  war,  the  Province  of  Brabant 
took  a  similar  step. 

2  Dourlet.     L'Ecole     provinciate     d'Apprentissage     ct     Us 
Atelier  pour   Estropies   de  Charleroi.     Revue  Psychologique, 
Vol.  I   1908,  pp.   280-287. 

N 


194          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

are  free.  The  chief  workshops  are  those  for 
carpet  -  weaving,  basket  -  making,  brush  -  making, 
saddlery,  harness-making,  and  orthopaedics,  and 
al^o  schools  for  tailors,  book-binding,  and 
cardboard  work,  shoemaking  and  accountancy. 
The  School  for  Cripples  at  Charleroi  supplies  a 
want ;  the  number  of  its  pupils,  from  its  first 
beginning,  is  the  best  proof  of  this.  Its  activities 
have  rendered  great  services,  by  giving  to  the 
crippled,  heretofore  generally  doomed  to  beggary 
and  a  life  of  privation,  a  craft  which  allows  of 
their  living  honourably  by  their  work.  According 
to  reports  which  we  have  received,  the  School 
at  Charleroi  has  already  begun  to  train  some  of 
those  maimed  in  the  war. 

Several  months  before,  the  war  broke  out, 
M.  Herriot,  the  Mayor  of  Lyons,  visited  the 
School  for  Cripples  at  Charleroi.  He  was  struck 
by  its  practical  utility  and  its  humane  work. 
One  saw,  for  example,  a  man  who  had  had  both 
fore-arms  amputated,  occupied,  thanks  to  special 
apparatus,  in  nailing  brushes  ;  one  of  the  stumps 
bore  a  block  of  steel  which  served  as  a  hammer, 
the  other  a  leathern  prosthesis  furnished  with  a 
loadstone  with  which  to  place  the  nails.  The 
school  has  its  shop  of  prosthetic  appliances  where 
the  ingenuity  of  the  doctor  seeks  a  solution  to 
the  most  varied  problems.  As  much  care  is 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  195 

bestowed  upon  the  intellectual  development 
of  the  pupils  as  upon  their  physical  re- 
education.1 

The  Mayor  of  Lyons  had  determined  on 
founding  a  similar  school  in  his  own  town, 
when  the  world-war  broke  out,  and  turned  his 
thoughts  into  other  channels.  It  was  then 
that  he  adapted  the  Charleroi  methods  to 
the  re-education  of  the  victims  of  the  war, 
and  he  opened  the  first  School  for  the  Wounded 
at  Lyons  on  16  December,  1914.  He  entrusted 
its  organisation  and  management  to  M.  Baseque, 
the  secretary  of  the  Charleroi  University  of  Labour. 
The  collaboration  of  the  Charleroi  University 
is  thus  clearly  shewn,  and  when  M.  Poincare 
went  over  the  Institution  at  Lyons,  he  was 
able  to  appreciate  the  first  fruits  of  the  fine 
co-operation  between  France  and  Belgium : 
some  hundreds  of  those  wounded  in  the  war, 
those  who  have  had  an  upper  or  a  lower  limb 
amputated,  and  those  suffering  from  ankylosis, 
become  gradually  able  to  take  up  work  again, 
thanks  to  the  ingenious  apparatus  and  systems 
for  re-education,  thought  out  by  the  technical 
staff  of  the  institution. 

The  second  Industrial  School  for  the  wounded 

1  Ed.  Herriot,  L' Ecolc  des  blesses.  Le  Journal,  Paris 
23  Nov.,  1914. 


196          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

to    be    opened    was    that    of     Saint    Maurice, 
Paris. 

It  was  again  for  Belgian  collaboration  that  the 
French  applied  when  founding  the  third  Industrial 
School  for  the  Wounded,  which  is  that  at  Mont- 
pellier.  Its  technical  manager  is  M.  Drousart, 
General  Secretary  of  the  provincial  schools  for 
technical  instruction,  in  the  town  of  Tournay. 
Its  Medical  Director  is  Dr.  Jeanbrau,  Professor 
of  Medicine  at  Montpellier.  The  institution  is 
modelled  upon  that  at  Charleroi  and  amongst 
its  teachers  is  M.  Tamenne  of  Charleroi,  whose 
right  arm  has  been  amputated,  and  who  gives  his 
writing  and  educational  courses  with  his  left 
hand  Specialists  teach  joinery,  cabinet-making, 
varnishing,  wood  -  turning,  plan  -  drawing,  ac- 
countancy, short-hand,  etc. 

The  schools  at  Lyons  and  Montpellier,  organised 
and  directed  by  two  Belgians,  are  institutions 
which  depend  entirely  upon  the  French  Govern- 
ment, and  are  not  supposed  to  admit  any  but  French 
pupils.  Nevertheless,  the  Montpellier  School 
has  a  large  contingent  of  Russian  wounded, 
and  will  shortly  be  admitting  some  Serbians 
As  to  the  Belgian  wounded,  they  receive  their 
re-education  at  the  Belgian  School  at  Post-Villez 
(Eure),  which  was  opened  in  October,  1915. 
This  school,  as  well  as  the  Belgian  Depot  for 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  197 

Invalids  of  the  War  at  Saint  Adresse,  have 
been  established  by  the  Belgian  Ministry  of 
War,  without  the  help  of  the  technical  educa- 
tion staff  of  Hainaut.  The  Charleroi  school 
has,  in  each  case,  indirectly  served  as  a 
model  for  all  the  schools  for  the  wounded 
that  have  been  founded  in  France  since  the  war. 

There  is  room  to  mention  here  the  part  taken 
by  the  Belgians  in  the  invention  of  new  prosthetic 
apparatus.  These  may  be  divided  into  two 
large  groups  :  (i)  Prosthetic  Apparatus,  for  the 
lower  limbs  (peg-legs  and  artificial  legs)  ;  (2)  Pre- 
hensile apparatus  (upper  limbs). 

Most  interesting  instruments  have  been  inven- 
ted by  the  Belgians  for  the  lower  limbs.  Dr. 
Hendrickx,  of  the  Rouen  Hospital,  and  Dr. 
Martin,  from  the  Depage  Hospital  at  La  Panne, 
have  invented  a  wooden  leg  (on  the  Ameri- 
can system),  that  is  quite  remarkable.  We 
had  the  opportunity  of  seeing  an  exhibition  of 
certain  models  at  the  Congress  of  the  Allies  for 
the  study  of  industrial  re-education,  which  was 
held  in  Paris  at  the  Grand  Palais,  in  May,  1917. 
The  French  Government  was  keenly  interested 
in  these  appliances  and  approved  the  principle 
on  which  they  were  made.  The  Belgian  army 
was  the  first  to  adopt  the  system  of  American 
artificial  legs. 


ig8          THE  SCIENCE  OF  LABOUR 

M.  Drousart l  had  some  prehensile  appliances, 
which  have  given  entire  satisfaction,  made  at 
the  Montpellier  school,  and  these  have  been 
adopted  by  the  Department  of  Public  Health. 
They  are  issued  to  all  those  who  have  suffered 
amputation  in  the  XVI  district.  One  innova- 
tion is  of  great  interest.  The  school  has 
succeeded  in  teaching  the  wounded  how  to  make 
these  prosthetic  appliances.  This  presents  two 
undeniable  advantages,  (i)  The  number  of 
specialists  in  this  art  had  become  quite  insufficient 
since  the  necessities  of  the  war  had  led  to  the 
invention  of  new  orthopaedic  appliances  ;  it  is, 
therefore,  to  a  certain  extent,  a  new  craft  that 
has  arisen,  and  it  was  right  that  the  victims 
of  the  war  should,  themselves,  be  the  first  to 
profit  by  it  ;  (2)  The  wounded  soldiers,  having 
themselves  become  the  makers  of  the  instruments, 
are  most  valuable  advisers  to  those  who  invent 
the  instruments  that  are  to  replace  the  missing 
or  paralyzed  limb. 

We  have  thought  it  would  be  of  interest  to 
add  this  short  notice  of  the  working  of  the 

1  Ed.  Drousart,  La  re  education  des  imitiles  de  la  guerre. 
La  Revue  meridianate  des  Idees,  Novembrc,  1916,  Mont- 
pellier ;  La  perfect  ionnement  des  appareils  orthopedlques  pour 
re-education  profcssionnelie.  Bulletin  de  I'ceuvre  des  Mutiles 
de  la  guerre  de  la  XVI  region,  ist,  Octobre,  1916,  Mont- 
pellier. See  also  Dr.  Jeanbrazz,  L'Ecole  professionnclle 
des  blesses  de  la  XVI  region  a  Montpellier.  Pamphlet 
96  p.,  1916.  Montpellier. 


BELGIAN  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION  199 

Belgian  methods  of  technical  education ;  at 
the  very  time  when  Charleroi  was  being  bombarded 
by  the  enemy,  its  influence  was  shining  across 
the  world,  its  initiative  was  being  associated  with 
France  in  the  great  work  of  rescuing  the  men 
who  had  returned  from  the  war  '  incomplete/ 
and  restoring  them  to  work  and  to  society. 


THE    END. 


CLIFTON  I 

E.    AUSTIN    AND   SON,    LTD. 
PRINTERS. 


i 

tiO 

H         w 

^0         *P 

•H 

\C         *& 
O 


CO 


Ctf    CD 
<H     O 


N 


-P 
c 

1-7, 


CO 


. 

-P 

aj 


o  to 


University  efToroifc 
Library 


po  NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 
LOWE-MARTIN  CO.  LiMITM>